TM-5-4220-227-14
TM 5-4220-227-14
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR, UNIT, DIRECT SUPPORT,
AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER
3-PERSON
NSN-4220-01-200-4797
MODEL RC-100-2
SERIAL NUMBERS 08-A-163
THRU 08-A-172
Equipment Description
and Data
Operator Preventive
Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS)
Operator Maintenance
Procedures
Unit Preventive
Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS)
1-3
2-11
3-2
4-7
Unit Troubleshooting
Procedures
4-13
Unit Maintenance
Procedures
4-21
Direct Support
Maintenance Procedures
5-5
General Support
Maintenance Procedures
6-3
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public
release; Distribution is unlimited.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
30 DECEMBER 1992
TM 5-4220-227-14
C2
CHANGE
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 10 October 1996
NO. 2
Operator, Unit, Direct Support and General Support
Maintenance Manual
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER
3-PERSON
NSN-4220-01-200-4797
MODEL RC-100-2
SERIAL NUMBERS 08-A-163
THRU 08A-172
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited
TM 5-4220-227-14, 30 December 1992, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar in the
margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove pages
i and ii
C-1 through C-4
C-7 and C-8
C-11/(C-12 blank)
2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.
Insert pages
i and ii
C-1 through C-4
C-7 and C-8
C-11/(C-12 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
C1
URGENT
CHANGE
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 23 July 1993
NO. 1
Operator, Unit, Direct Support,
and General Support
Maintenance Manual
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER
3-PERSON
NSN-4220-01-200-4797
MODEL RC-100-2
SERIAL NUMBERS 08-A-163
THRU 08-A-172
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TM 5-4220-227-14, 30 December 1992, is changed as follows:
1. Remove and insert pages as indicated below. New or changed text material is indicated by a vertical bar in the
margin. An illustration change is indicated by a miniature pointing hand.
Remove pages
Insert pages
2-13 and 2-14
4-29 and 4-30
5-29 and 5-30
E-1 and E-2
2-13 and 2-14
4-29 and 4-30
5-29 and 5-30
E-1 and E-2
2. Retain this sheet in front of manual for reference purposes.
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
GORDON R. SULLIVAN
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
MILTON H. HAMILTON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
03927
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-25-E, block no. 5993, requirements for TM 5-4220-227-14.
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
Should the 3-Person Recompression Chamber be damaged it shall be repaired and recertified in
accordance with ASME and National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors requirements.
WARNING
In an enclosed compartment from which personnel cannot readily escape, fire is an ever present danger.
In a pressurized, oxygen enhanced atmosphere, a spark from any source could cause rapid burning and/or
an explosion. It is therefore mandatory that no spark producing device (matches, cigarette lighters, etc.)
be taken into the chambers. Do not allow such items as metal helmets, boot or shoe cleats, or other metal
objects to be worn or taken inside the chamber.
WARNING
Take all possible precaution to prevent static electric build up. Ensure that the chamber is electrically
grounded. Ensure that the external electrical power source connected to the Chamber GFI is electrically
grounded. Ensure that the external electrical power supplies, both 220 and 110 VAC, for the heater/chiller
module have proper electrical grounds. Ensure that the heater/chiller unit, carbon dioxide scrubber unit,
temperature probe, and folding bunk in the I/L are electrically grounded.
WARNING
Clothing containing oil, grease, or volatile substances of any kind shall not be worn or used in chamber.
Matches, cigarette lighters, lighted cigarettes, cigars, pipes, or flame shall not be carried into chamber at
any time.
Do not use trichloroethylene or methyl chloroform in cleaning operations associated with any
recompression chamber. Use of either chemical can result in death when operators are exposed to these
contaminates under pressure. These contaminates are not water soluble. If contamination or suspected
contamination occurs, immediately discontinue all chamber operations and notify the Army Diving liaison
at the Naval Experimental Diving Unit, Panama City, FL 32407-5001, autovon 436-4351/commercial (903)
234-4351. The only acceptable cleaning agents are trisodium phosphate, or nonionic soaps, liquid Joy
and liquid Ivory.
WARNING
It is mandatory that these operating procedures be followed in the sequence given. Failure to do so may
result in damage to the equipment and/or injury or death to personnel.
a
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
The operating procedures given are not intended to be used as therapeutic procedures. Treatment of
patients is not within the scope of this manual. The following instructions and procedures are intended
only to show the mechanical operation of the recompression chamber, complete information on operation
is to be provided by the proper authorities.
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
WARNING
Do not attempt to open the outer M/L door while pressure is indicated on the M/L pressure gage. Serious
injury or death may result.
WARNING
The use of lubricants other than those specified may result in fire and/or explosion causing serious injury
or death. Use only those lubricants specified for use in a hyperbaric system.
WARNING
The GFI circuit breaker trips only when there is an electrical problem in the system. As a result there is a
danger of serious injury or death. Immediately troubleshoot the electrical system to locate the problem,
then push the reset switch.
WARNING
Do not breath the gaseous contents of a broken fluorescent tube. Leave area until gas dissipates. Warn
others of mishap.
WARNING
Most ultraviolet lamps contain mercury. Extreme caution should be taken not to break the mercury vapor
lamp which will contaminate the component or pipe being inspected and may also cause human injury.
Should a mercury vapor lamp be broken, leave the area immediately. Do not breathe vapors. Warn all
other personnel!
b
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
Should the 3-Person Recompression Chamber be damaged during remove and install procedures to the
extent that the integrity of the chamber shell is in doubt, and/or its ability to contain specified pressures
without leak or rupture is questionable, it shall be repaired and recertified in accordance with ASEM and
National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors requirements.
WARNING
Serious injury or death may result from electrical shock. Ensure that the 220 and 110 VAC external
electrical power sources are disconnected before working inside the heater/chiller module.
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
WARNING
Death or serious injury may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions when handling liquid
refrigerant. Use great care to avoid contact with liquid refrigerant or refrigerant gas being discharged
under pressure. Sudden and irreversible tissue damage can result from freezing. Wear thermal protective
gloves and a face protector or goggles in any situation where skin-eye-contact is possible.
Prevent contact of refrigerant gas with flame or hot surfaces. Heat causes the refrigerant to break down
and form carbonyl chloride (phosgene), a highly poisonous and corrosive gas.
In accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations refrigerants cannot be discharged into
the atmosphere. A refrigerant recovery and recycling unit must be used whenever discharging the
refrigerant system.
Operation of the recovery/recycling unit must be by AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY.
c/(d Blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
TECHNICAL MANUAL
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON, D.C., 30 DECEMBER 1992
NO. 5-4220-227-14
Operator, Unit, Direct Support, and General Support Maintenance Manual
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, 3-PERSON
NSN 4220-01-200-4797
(MODEL RC-100-2)
Serial Numbers 08-A-163 thru 08-A-172
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes, or if you know of a way to
improve these procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter or DA Form 2028
(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in
the back of this manual directly to: Commander, US Army Aviation and Troop Command,
ATTN: AMSAT-I-MP, 4300 Goodfellow Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63120-1798. You may also
submit your recommended changes by E-mail directly to <mpmt%avma28@st-louisemh7.army.mil>. A reply will be furnished directly to you. Instructions for sending an
electronic 2028 may be found at the back of this manual immediately preceding the hard
copy 2028.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
Section I
Section II
Section III
CHAPTER 2
Section I
Section II
Section III
CHAPTER 3
Section I
Section II
Section III
PAGE
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................1-1
OVERVIEW................................................................................................................1-1
General Information....................................................................................................1-1
Equipment Description and Data.................................................................................1-3
Principles of Operation ...............................................................................................1-10
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS...................................................................................2-1
OVERVIEW................................................................................................................2-1
Description and Use of Operator Controls and Indicators ............................................2-1
Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) ...............................2-11
Operation Under Usual Conditions..............................................................................2-16
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................3-1
Lubrication Instructions ...............................................................................................3-1
Operator Troubleshooting ...........................................................................................3-2
Operator Maintenance Procedures .............................................................................3-2
Change 2 i
TM 5-4220-227-14
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)
Page
CHAPTER 4
Section I
Section II
Section III
Section IV
Section V
Section VI
CHAPTER 5
Section I
Section II
Section III
CHAPTER 6
Section I
Section II
Section III
UNIT MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................4-1
OVERVIEW................................................................................................................4-1
Repair Parts; Special Tools; TMDE, and Support Equipment......................................4-1
Service Upon Receipt.................................................................................................4-2
Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) ......................................4-7
Unit Troubleshooting Procedures ................................................................................4-13
Unit Maintenance Procedures .....................................................................................4-21
Cleaning Procedures for Diving Life Support Air Systems...........................................4-86
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE .........................................................................5-1
OVERVIEW................................................................................................................5-1
Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment......................................5-1
Direct Support Troubleshooting...................................................................................5-1
Direct Support Maintenance Procedures.....................................................................5-5
GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE......................................................................6-1
OVERVIEW................................................................................................................6-1
Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment......................................6-1
General Support Maintenance Procedures..................................................................6-3
Preparation for Shipment or Storage...........................................................................6-102
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES ...........................................................................................................A-1
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART .....................................................................B-1
APPENDIX C
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS ............................C-1
APPENDIX D
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST........................................................................D-1
APPENDIX E
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST...................................E-1
APPENDIX F
TORQUE LIMITS .......................................................................................................F-1
INDEX
...................................................................................................................................Index 1
ii
TM 5-4220-227-14
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Number
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-15
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
Title
3-Person Recompression Chamber............................................................................
Location and Description of Major Components .........................................................
Flow Diagram ............................................................................................................
Electrical Diagram .....................................................................................................
Electrical Control Panel Controls and Indicators.........................................................
Chamber Control Console Controls and Indicators .....................................................
Gages, Valves, and Switches Controls and Indicators ................................................
Scrubber Assembly, Service ......................................................................................
Recompression Chamber Operating Procedure Flowchart .........................................
Door Procedure Plate.................................................................................................
Warning Plates ..........................................................................................................
Manufacturer's Data Plates ........................................................................................
ANSI/ASME Certification Data Plate ..........................................................................
System Startup Checklist ...........................................................................................
Normal Operating Procedures Checklist.....................................................................
Shutdown Procedures Checklist.................................................................................
Modified Startup Procedures Checklist.......................................................................
Modified Shutdown Procedures Checklist...................................................................
Emergency Procedures Checklist...............................................................................
End View ...................................................................................................................
Elevation View ...........................................................................................................
Service of Chamber Inner and Outer Door Seals .......................................................
Service of Medical Lock Outer Door Seals.................................................................
Service of Medical Lock Inner Door Seals..................................................................
Depressurization Valve and Gage, Replace ...............................................................
Pressurization Valve (Inner Lock Door), Replace .......................................................
Cot Assemblies, Replace ...........................................................................................
Deck Plates, Replace.................................................................................................
Heater/Chiller Module, Replace .................................................................................
Pressure Relief Valve Assembly, Replace .................................................................
Water Valves (3/4 in.), Replace .................................................................................
Heater/Chiller Fluid Valves Repair .............................................................................
Hoses, Replace..........................................................................................................
Power Supply, 28V, Replace......................................................................................
Scrubber Assembly, Replace .....................................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer (POA), Replace................................................................
Thermocoupler Meter and Temperature Probe, Replace............................................
Ground Fault Interrupter, Replace..............................................................................
Six Plug Receptacle Power Strip, Replace.................................................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock), Replace......................................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Fuse, Replace .............................................
Light Source, Replace................................................................................................
Light Source, Repair ..................................................................................................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock), Replace ......................................................
iii
Page
1-0
1-5
1-11
1-14
2-2
2-6
2-8
2-15
2-17
2-18
2-19
2-20
2-21
2-22
2-34
2-44
2-51
2-56
2-62
4-3
4-4
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-23
4-25
4-27
4-29
4-31
4-33
4-35
4-37
4-39
4-41
4-43
4-45
4-47
4-49
4-51
4-53
4-55
4-57
4-59
4-61
TM 5-4220-227-14
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Cont)
Figure
Number
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-36
4-37
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-32
Title
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Fuse, Replace ............................................
Fluorescent Light Assembly, Replace .......................................................................
Fluorescent Light Assembly, Repair ..........................................................................
Wiring Harness, Fuse Replace..................................................................................
Communicator Assembly, Replace ...........................................................................
Battery Card and Case, Fuse Replacement ..............................................................
Microphone, Replace ................................................................................................
Headset, Replace .....................................................................................................
Sound Powered Phones and Bracket, Replace .........................................................
Speakers, I/L and O/L, Replace ................................................................................
02 K Bottles and Manifold, Replace ..........................................................................
Oxygen Inhalator Mask, Replace ..............................................................................
Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly, Replace ..................................................
Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly, Repair.....................................................
Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly, Replace ...................................................
Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly, Repair......................................................
Pressure Relief Valve, Replace.................................................................................
Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Replace .....................................................................................
Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Repair........................................................................................
Skid Assembly Chamber, Replace ............................................................................
Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly Enclosure, Replace ........................
Heater/Chiller Unit (CCU-03), Replace......................................................................
Heater/Chiller Unit Motor, Replace............................................................................
Scrubber Assembly Motor, Replace ..........................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Battery, Replace..............................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly, Replace ...............................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly, Repair..................................................
Flow Meter, Replace .................................................................................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Switch, Replace .........................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Indicator Light, Replace..............................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Variac Unit, Replace...................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Transformer, Replace.................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Power and Light Cords, Replace ................
Light Source, Repair .................................................................................................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Switch, Replace..........................................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Indicator Light, Replace ..............................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Variac Unit, Replace ...................................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Transformer, Replace .................................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Power and Light Cords, Replace.................
Fluorescent Light, Repair ..........................................................................................
Wiring Harness, Test ................................................................................................
Wiring Harness, Replace ..........................................................................................
Front Chassis Assembly, Replace.............................................................................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Switch, Replace........................................................
iv
Page
4-63
4-65
4-67
4-69
4-71
4-73
4-75
4-77
4-79
4-81
4-83
4-85
5-7
5-9
5-11
5-13
5-15
5-17
5-19
5-21
5-23
5-27
5-31
5-33
5-35
5-37
5-39
5-41
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-51
5-55
5-56
5-57
5-58
5-59
5-61
5-63
5-65
5-71
5-72
TM 5-4220-227-14
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Cont)
Figure
Number
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-36
5-37
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
5-48
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
5-55
5-56
5-57
5-58
5-59
5-60
5-61
5-62
5-63
5-64
5-65
5-66
5-67
5-68
5-69
5-70
5-71
5-72
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
Title
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Potentiometer and Rheostat, Replace.......................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Indicator Light, Replace ............................................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Banana Jack, Replace..............................................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Phone Jack, Replace................................................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Microphone Holder, Replace.....................................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly Power Speaker Assembly, Replace ..........................
Circuit Card, Replace................................................................................................
Battery Sense Card Assembly, Replace....................................................................
Battery Card and Case, Replace ...............................................................................
Battery Card and Case, Repair .................................................................................
Battery Card and Case Battery Contact P.C. Card, Replace......................................
Battery Card and Case Fuse Holder, Replace ...........................................................
Battery Card and Case Power Transformer, Replace ................................................
Battery Card and Case Battery Charger P.C. Card Assembly, Replace .....................
02 "K" Bottles/Manifold, Repair .................................................................................
Gage (02 "K" Bottles/Manifold), Replace...................................................................
Oxygen Pressure Gages, Replace ............................................................................
Pressure Regulator, Replace ....................................................................................
Back Pressure Regulators, Replace ..........................................................................
Shutoff Valve (Oxygen), Replace..............................................................................
Isolator Valves, Repair..............................................................................................
Dump Valves and Silencers, Replace .......................................................................
Dump Valves, Repair................................................................................................
Oxygen BIBS Manifold, Replace...............................................................................
Inhalator Mask Assembly, Repair..............................................................................
Inhalator Mask Demand/Exhaust Regulators, Replace ..............................................
Dual Hose Assembly, Replace ..................................................................................
Dual Hose Assembly, Repair.....................................................................................
02 and Air Piping, Removal ......................................................................................
02 and Air Piping, Installation....................................................................................
Air Supply Manifold, Replace ....................................................................................
Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Replace .....................................................................................
Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Repair........................................................................................
Ball Valve 1 Inch, Replace ........................................................................................
Ball Valve 1 Inch, Repair ..........................................................................................
Air Exhaust Manifold, Replace ..................................................................................
Ball Valve 1 1/4 Inch, Replace ..................................................................................
Ball Valve 1 1/4 Inch, Repair.....................................................................................
Depth Gages, Replace..............................................................................................
Caisson Gages, Replace...........................................................................................
Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly, Replace................................................................
Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly, Repair ..................................................................
Medical Lock Assembly, Repair ................................................................................
View Port Assembly, Replace ...................................................................................
V
Page
5-73
5-74
5-75
5-76
5-77
5-79
5-81
5-83
5-85
5-86
5-87
5-88
5-89
5-91
5-93
5-97
5-99
5-103
5-107
5-111
5-115
5-119
5-121
5-123
5-125
5-127
5-129
5-131
5-133
5-137
5-141
5-145
5-147
5-151
5-153
5-155
5-157
5-159
5-161
5-165
6-5
6-7
6-9
6-13
TM 5-4220-227-14
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Cont)
Figure
Number
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-31
6-32
6-33
6-34
6-35
6-36
6-37
6-38
6-39
6-40
6-41
6-42
6-43
Title
View Port Assembly, Repair......................................................................................
Electrical and Water Penetrator, Replace .................................................................
Oxygen Penetrator, Replace .....................................................................................
Electrical/O2 Penetrator, Replace .............................................................................
Blank Penetrator, Replace ........................................................................................
Electrical and Water Penetrators, Repair ..................................................................
Oxygen Penetrator, Repair .......................................................................................
Electrical/O2 Penetrator, Repair................................................................................
Blank Penetrator, Repair...........................................................................................
Pressure Relief Valve, Repair ...................................................................................
Skid, Repair ..............................................................................................................
Heater/Chiller Module Flow Diagram.........................................................................
Heater/Chiller Module Electrical Schematic ..............................................................
Heater/Chiller Module, Repair ...................................................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic, Replace .........................................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic Fan Motor, Replace.........................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic Condenser, Replace........................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic Receiver Tank, Replace..................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic Compressor, Replace......................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic Filter and Sight Glass Line, Replace ...............................
Low Pressure Control, Replace . ...............................................................................
Control Box, Replace ................................................................................................
Control Box Electrical, Schematic . ...........................................................................
Control Box, Repair ..................................................................................................
Shroud Assembly, Replace . .....................................................................................
Pump Assembly, Replace .........................................................................................
Pump Assembly, Repair............................................................................................
High Temperature Control Unit, Replace...................................................................
High Temperature Control Unit, Repair .....................................................................
Low Temperature Control Unit, Replace....................................................................
Low Temperature Control Unit, Repair ......................................................................
Motor, Repair............................................................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer, Repair ............................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer, Schematic ......................................................................
Pressure Regulator, Repair .......................................................................................
Back Pressure Regulators, Repair.............................................................................
Oxygen Shutoff Valve, Repair...................................................................................
Isolator Valve, Repair ...............................................................................................
Demand and Exhaust Regulators, Repair..................................................................
vi
Page
6-15
6-17
6-19
6-21
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-29
6-33
6-36
6-37
6-39
6-43
6-45
6-46
6-47
6-48
6-49
6-51
6-55
6-57
6-59
6-63
6-65
6-67
6-69
6-71
6-73
6-75
6-77
6-81
6-85
6-87
6-91
6-95
6-99
6-101
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 1-1. 3-Person Recompression Chamber.
1-0
TM 5-4220-227-14
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Page
Section I.
Section II.
Section III.
OVERVIEW.........................................................................................................
General Information.............................................................................................
Equipment Description and Data..........................................................................
Principles of Operation ........................................................................................
1-1
1-1
1-3
1-10
OVERVIEW
This chapter contains general information pertaining to Recompression Chamber 3-Person, Model RC-100-2, and its
components.
Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION
Paragraph
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
Page
Scope .............................................................................................................................
Maintenance Forms, Records and Reports......................................................................
Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use.......................................................
Preparation for Storage or Shipment ...............................................................................
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR's) .......................................
List of Abbreviations........................................................................................................
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-1. Scope. This manual contains operator's, unit, direct support and general support maintenance for Recompression
Chamber 3-Person, Model RC-100-2 (figure 1-1).
1-2. Maintenance Forms, Records and Reports. Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment
maintenance will be those prescribed in DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
1-3. Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use.
Recompression Chamber to prevent enemy use.
Refer to TM 750-244-3 for procedures to destroy
1-4. Preparation for Storage or Shipment. Refer to Chapter 6, Section III, and TM 38-230 for procedures to place the
equipment into storage and prepare equipment for shipment.
1-5. Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR). If your 3-Person Recompression Chamber needs
improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you don't like about
your equipment. Let us know why you don't like the design or performance. Put it on an SF 368 (Product Quality
Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at: Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Troop Command, ATTN: AMSAT-I-MDO,
4300 Goodfellow Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63120-1798. We will send you a reply.
1-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
1-6. List of Abbreviations.
AC
AF
AMDF
AMPS
BATT
BIBS
CCU
CO2
DC
FSW
ft
GFI
GPM
hex
HP
in.
I/L
IA
ID
Kpa
lb(s)
LPM
M/L
MAP
MED
MIC
ml
MOS
NID
N.P.T.
O/L
02
OD
pH
POA
POMCUS
psi
psig
SCF
SCFM
SIMS
TSP
VAC
VDC
±
°
5F
%
alternating current
Audio Frequency
Army Management Data File
Ampere(s)
Battery
Built in Breathing System
Chamber Conditioning Unit
Carbon Dioxide
Direct Current
Feet of Sea Water
Feet
Ground Fault Interrupter
Gallon Per Minute
Hexagonal
Horse Power
Inch
Inner Lock
Isopropyl Alcohol
Inside Diameter
Kilopascal
Pound(s)
Liter Per Minute
Medical Lock
Military Assistance Program
Medium
Microphone
Mili-liter
Military Occupational Specialty
Non-ionic detergent
National Pipe Thread
Outer Lock
Oxygen
Outside Diameter
Hydrogen Power
Portable Oxygen Analyzer
Preposition of Material Configured to Unit Sets
Pounds Per Square Inch
Pounds Per Square Inch Gage
Standard Cubic Feet
Standard Cubic Feet per Minute
Selected Management System
Trosodium Phosphate
Volt, Alternating Current
Volts Direct Current
Plus or Minus
(as in 90°or 30°)-Degree(s)
Degree(s) Fahrenheit
Percent
1-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
Paragraph
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
Page
Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities and Features ...................................................
Location and Description of Major Components.............................................................
Equipment Data ............................................................................................................
Safety, Care and Handling ............................................................................................
1-3
1-3
1-6
1-7
1-7. Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features. The RC-100-2, 3-Person Recompression Chamber is a
completely self-contained recompression facility used to provide a maximum pressure of 100 psig, which is equivalent to
the pressure attained at sea water depth of 225 feet. The chamber is mounted on a skid base and has inner and outer
lifting eyes for moving the chamber. An electrical control panel, air flow control console, 02 oxygen supply and
heater/chiller module, allows operators to monitor and supply/exhaust air to the chamber and provide heating/cooling
fluids to a heater/chiller unit inside chamber to heat or cool the chamber interior.
a. The recompression chamber (figure 1-1) is an aluminum pressure vessel with two (2) compartments; a main
inner lock and an (entry chamber) outer lock. Each lock contains air pressure adjusting valves, caisson pressure gauges,
a three outlet and dump oxygen manifold, a primary and secondary communication system. The unit is equipped with
one (1) safety relief valve, set to keep internal pressure from exceeding 105 PSIG. The recompression chamber is
equipped with air supply and air vent valves for admitting or exhausting air from the chamber. Six (6) view ports, four (4)
on inner lock and two (2) on the outer lock. Pressure gauges (caisson type), are supplied inside both locks. Three (3)
pressure gauges are supplied on the outside instrumentation panel, two are piped to the inner lock and one to the outer
lock. These gauges are calibrated for 100 PSIG and 225 feet of sea water (FSW) and are red lined at 165 FSW. The
chamber is also equipped with a medical lock provisioning port, 12 in inside diameter x 18 in. long. This medical lock
port enables those inside the chamber to be supplied with food, medication, and other essentials during recompression.
b. The inner lock contains a fire retardant fold up bunk on one side and an attendant bench on the opposite side,
and a shelf above the inner door of the medical lock.
c. The chamber is equipped with hyperbaric lighting system, controlled from the outside electrical panel. Two
(2) lights are provided in the inner lock and one (1) in the outer lock. Each light consists of a light pipe and adapter which
penetrates the chamber wall and transmits light to the interior, a light source which slips over the light pipe and contains
the bulb, heat absorbing lens in a heat dissipating enclosure, which is wired to the lighting control panel. The control
panel contains all the power supply equipment and on-off switches.
d. All electricity operated equipment on the chamber is supplied with power by plugging in an external source of
110V, 60 Hertz power cable in the bottom of the exterior power panel.
e. The chamber is equipped with two (2) communications system. The primary communication system is an
"AMCON" intercom system. This system is wired to internal speakers located in inner and outer locks. These speakers
act as loud speakers and microphones to complete the communications. The inner lock speaker is provided with a plug
in jack and is also supplied with a communication headset and microphone. The secondary communication system
consists of three (3) sound powered, hand held telephones, one (1) each in each lock and one (1) at the outside control
station.
1-3
TM 5-4220-227-14
f. The chamber is equipped with oxygen breathing system consisting of a high pressure oxygen pressure
regulator, pressure gages for high and low pressure indication, isolation valves for inner and outer lock, oxygen manifold
bibs in inner and outer locks. Each manifold bib is supplied with three (3) oxygen masks (overboard dump type). The
dump gas is controlled by differential back pressure regulator located on the exterior control panel.
g. The chamber is equipped with manway doors on the inner and outer locks. These doors are self sealing (Oring seals) and require only hand held force to obtain a seal at .5 FSW pressure.
h. The chamber is equipped with aluminum diamond tread floor plates. Each lock is provided with a drain port.
These ports are supplied with an internal threaded plug, access is gained t by removing floor plates.
1-8. Location and Description of Major Components. (figure 1-2)
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER (1). Prevents electrical arcing by interrupting the circuit should a ground occur.
ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANEL (2). Controls the lighting, communications and oxygen system of the chamber.
CHAMBER CONTROL CONSOLE (3). Controls the oxygen flow to the chambers.
LIGHTING SYSTEM, HYPERBARIC (4). Supplies light to the inner lock (I/L) and outer lock (O/L) of chamber.
HEATER/CHILLER PENETRATOR (5). Allow access for service lines through chamber portal to heater/chiller and C02
scrubber.
SKIDS (6). Mounts chamber and provides for forklift access.
HEATER/CHILLER MODULE (7). Provides heating/cooling fluids to heater/chiller unit inside inner chamber.
02 OXYGEN SUPPLY (8). Supplies oxygen to chamber.
HEATER/CHILLER UNIT (9). Controls chamber air temperature.
CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) SCRUBBER (10). Controls the C02 content of pressurized chamber air.
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (11). Inner lock two-way communication.
BUILT-IN-BREATHING SYSTEM (BIBS) (12). Provides O2 through a three-way outlet I/L and overboard dump manifold.
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (13). Outer lock two-way communication,
BUILT-IN-BREATHING SYSTEM (BIBS) (14). Provides oxygen through a three-way outlet O/L and overboard dump
manifold.
1-4
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 1-2. Location and Description of Major Components (Sheet 1 of 2).
1-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 1-2. Location and Description of Major Components (Sheet 2 of 2).
1-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
MEDICAL LOCK (15). Provides access to I/L for small sustenance items and medical supplies.
OUTER LOCK (16). Allows personnel access to primary treatment area.
INNER LOCK (17). Contains primary pressurized treatment area.
1-9. Equipment Data.
a. Recompression Chamber.
Manufacturer...............................................................................CVI Inc.
Model..........................................................................................RC-100-2*
Part Number ...............................................................................C-867-7300-81*
Weight ........................................................................................3000 lbs
Length.........................................................................................145 in.
Width ..........................................................................................60 in.
Height .........................................................................................76 in.
b. Heater/Chiller Module.
Manufacturer...............................................................................Amron International
Model..........................................................................................9000 ECS
Weight ........................................................................................175 lbs (79.38 Kg)
Length.........................................................................................19.5 in. (495.3 mm)
Width ..........................................................................................27.0 in. (685.8 mm)
Height .........................................................................................30.25 in. (768.35 mm)
* As modified by Cage Code (80064) Drawing No. 330014.
c. Electrical Power Source Requirements. An electrical power source rated at 110 VAC, 60 Hertz, 20 Amps, is
required to power the 3-person recompression chamber. This source is connected to the Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI).
Two additional electrical power sources are required to power the heater/chiller module located left rear of, and behind
the chamber. A 220 VAC, 60 Hertz, 20 Amp source is required to power the 3 HP electrical motor for the compressor,
and a 110 VAC, 60 Hertz, 10 Amp source is required to power the 1/3 HP electrical motor for the fluid circulation pump.
1-7
TM 5-4220-227-14
d. Compressed Air Supply Requirements. (Ref. FM 20-11-1). A recompression treatment facility must have a
primary and a secondary air supply system which satisfy the following requirements.
Primary
-
Sufficient air to pressurize the inner lock once to 165 feet and the outer lock twice to 165
feet and ventilate during one treatment.
Secondary -
Sufficient air to pressurize the inner and outer locks once and ventilate for one hour at
70.4 SCFM.
Either system may consist of air banks or a suitable compressor or both. The primary recompression chamber
support system must be capable of pressurizing the inner lock to a depth of 165 feet in three minutes. The
required total capacity is calculated as follows:
(1) Primary system capacity.
Cp
=
5 V11 +10 V01 + 45,390
=
=
=
=
=
=
Minimum capacity of primary system in standard cubic feet (SCF)
Volume of inner lock in cubic feet
Volume of outer lock in cubic feet
Atmosphere equivalent to 165 FSW
Twice 5 atmospheres
total SCF of air required to ventilate during a treatment, table 4.
where
Cp
V11
V01
5
10
45,390
(2) Secondary system capacity.
Cs
=
5 V 11 + 5 V01 + 4224
=
=
=
=
=
Minimum capacity of secondary system, SCF
Volume of inner lock
Volume of outer lock
Atmosphere equivalent to 165 FSW
Air required for maximum ventilation rate of 70.4 SCFM for 1 hour.
where
Cs
V11
V01
5
4224
e. Oxygen (02) Requirements. Oxygen is supplied to the recompression chamber by the 02 supply manifold which
provides piping and valves to hook-up six size D 02 cylinders, three of which may be replaced while the other three
continue to provide uninterrupted service.
1-10. Safety, Care, and Handling. When operating or doing maintenance on 3-Person Recompression Chamber, take
necessary precautions to ensure the safety of others as well as yourself. Avoid careless operating or maintenance habits
which cause accidents to personnel and damage to the equipment. Observe all WARNING's, CAUTION's, and NOTE's
in this manual. This equipment can be extremely dangerous if these instructions are not followed.
1-8
TM 5-4220-227-14
a. The recompression chamber is equipped with four lifting eyes located along top centerline. The chamber may be
lifted by using two, either the inner or the outer, pair, of the lifting eyes. The chamber may also be moved with a forklift
using the channels in the skid base. The estimated total weight of the unit is 3000 lbs. Care must be taken not to drop,
dent, or puncture the chamber shell.
WARNING
Should the shell of the 3-Person Recompression Chamber be damaged, it shall be repaired and recertified
in accordance with ASME and National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors requirements.
b. The 3-Person Recompression Chamber is an enclosed area into which personnel must enter and remain for the
duration of their recompression treatment. It is therefore mandatory that the chamber (inside and out) be maintained
hygienically clean and uncluttered. Care must be taken to clean the chamber compartments on a regularly scheduled
basis. See chapter 4, Section VI, for Unit Level Cleaning Procedures for Air and Oxygen Systems.
WARNING
In an enclosed compartment from which personnel cannot readily escape, fire is an ever present danger.
In a pressurized, oxygen enhanced atmosphere, a spark from any source could cause rapid burning and/or
an explosion. It is therefore mandatory that no spark producing device (matches, cigarette lighters, etc.)
be taken into the chambers. Do not allow such items as metal helmets, boot or shoe cleats, or other metal
objects to be worn or taken inside the chamber.
Take all possible precaution to prevent static electric build up. Ensure that the chamber is electrically
grounded. Ensure that the external electrical power source connected to the Chamber GFI is electrically
grounded. Ensure that the external electrical power supplies, both 220 and 110 VAC, for the heater/chiller
module have proper electrical grounds. Ensure that the heater/chiller unit, carbon dioxide scrubber unit,
temperature probe, and folding bunk in the I/L are electrically grounded.
c. While every effort is taken to make the personnel under treatment inside the chamber comfortable, such personal
items as battery operated radios, shaving devices, etc., will not be taken inside.
1-9
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section III. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
1-11. Technical Principles of Operation.
Recompression Chamber.
The following describes the theory of operation of the 3-Person
a. Environmental Control. Figures 1-3 and 1-4 provide the flow and electrical diagrams of the 3-Person
Recompression Chamber. The Recompression Chamber provides a controlled pressurized enclosure for the treatment
of physiological disorders caused by inability of the human body to adjust to pressure changes. Air pressure in the outer
and inner lock is controlled by air supply and air vent valves located in the external control panel. An external
heater/chiller module supplies the internal heater/chiller unit with cooling/heating fluids to heat or cool the I/L of the
chamber. The oxygen bottles with manifold, supplies the chamber with the needed oxygen.
b. Electrical and Communications Operation. Power for the chamber electrical system is brought to the unit through
the GFI located outside of the chamber. A primary communications intercom system and internal speakers are the
source of communications between personnel inside and outside of chamber. The chamber is supplied with a pressure
relief safety valve, set to relieve when the internal pressure reaches 105 PSIG.
1-12. ASME Certification.
a. In accordance with the requirements of MIL-C-52988(ME) the recompression chambers are designed, fabricated,
tested and certified in accordance with the requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engineering (ASME)
Code. The units are all registered with the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Ave.,
Columbus, Ohio 43229, phone number 614-888-8320.
b. Each unit is equipped with a welded in place, ASME Code nameplate, located on the chamber shell to the right of
the control cabinet. This nameplate has the National Board registration number for each unit, which corresponds to the
ASME Data Form U-1, manufacturers data report, filed for each unit.
c. Should it ever be required to obtain information concerning modifications or repairs to the pressure boundary of
the chamber and it is deemed necessary to make the necessary repair or modifications in accordance with ASME Code
and National Board requirements, it is advisable to contact the National Board.
d. The above information is included in this manual to inform all using personnel of these requirements from a safety
aspect and also if it is desired to not void any ASME Code certifications.
1-10
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 1-3. Flow Diagram (Sheet 1 of 3).
1-11
TM 5-4220-227-14
KEY TEXT LEGEND
Item
Reference
Designation
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
OGA-028
OXH-030
OXH-031
OXH-032
OXH-033
OXH-034
OXH-035
OXH-029
OXH-027
OXH-036
OGA-025
OHL-024
OGA-026
OXH-037
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26
OXL-020
OBR-023
OEX-038
ALP-014
ALP-040
-----------AGA-020
AGA-021
ELP-012
ELP-011
ALP-010
ALP-009
Description
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Gage (Manifold Pressure)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (Left Bank)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (Left Bank)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (Left Bank)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (Right Bank)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (Right Bank)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (Right Bank)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Isolation Valve
Gage Stop Valve
Oxygen (O2) Manifold Vent Valve
Low Pressure Oxygen ((O2) Gage (Chamber Control Console-Right)
Oxygen (O2) Hand Loader (Regulator)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Gage (Chamber Control Console-Left)
High Pressure Oxygen (O2) Isolation Valve (Chamber Control
Console Inlet, if installed)
Low Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (O/L Right)
Exhaust Back Pressure Oxygen (02) Regulator (O/L-Top Regulator)
Exhaust Oxygen (O2) Valve (O/L-Upper Muffler)
Low Pressure Air Supply Isolation Valve (to O2 Flow Meter)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (for O2 Flow Meter)
Oxygen (O2) Analyzer Vent
Depth Gage O/L (Inside Chamber)
Depth Gage I/L (Inside Chamber)
Exhaust Air Valve (O/L-Right)
Exhaust Air Valve (O/L-Left)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (O/L-Right)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (O/L-Left)
Figure 1-3. Flow Diagram (Sheet 2 of 3).
1-12
TM 5-4220-227-14
KEY TEXT LEGEND (Cont)
Reference
Item
Designation
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
ELP-008
ELP-007
ALP-006
ALP-005
ALP-001
ALP-002
AGA-003
APR-004
ALP-004
ELP-043
AGA-044
ALP-046
ALP-045
FLV-042
FLV-041
OXL-021
OBR-022
OEX-037
ALP-013
AGA-017
ALP-015
AGA-018
AGA-019
ALP-016
Description
Exhaust Air Valve (I/L-Right)
Exhaust Air Valve (I/L-Left)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (I/L-Right)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (I/L-Left)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (on the 90°Elbow)
Low Pressure Air Supply Valve (close to Chamber)
Low Pressure Air Supply Gage (Air Manifold Pressure)
Chamber Pressure Relief Valve
Chamber Pressure Relief Isolation Valve
Exhaust Air Valve (M/L)
Low Pressure Air Gage (M/L)
Low Pressure Air Gage Stop Valve
Low Pressure Air Valve (M/L-Inner Door)
Fluid Supply Valve (Heater/Chiller Penetrator)
Fluid Return Valve (Heater/Chiller Penetrator)
Low Pressure Oxygen (O2) Supply Valve (I/L Left)
Back Pressure Regulator Oxygen (O2) (I/L Bottom Regulator)
Exhaust Oxygen (O2) Valve (I/L Lower Muffler)
Depth Gage Isolation Air Valve (I/L-Left)
Depth Gage (I/L Chamber Control Console-Left)
Depth Gage Isolation Air Valve (I/L-Right)
Depth Gage I/L (Chamber Control Console-Middle)
Depth Gage O/L (Chamber Control Console-Right)
Depth Gage Isolation Air Valve (O/L)
Figure 1-3. Flow Diagram (Sheet 3 of 3).
1-13
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 1-4. Electrical Diagram.
1-14
TM 5-4220-227-14
CHAPTER 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Page
OVERVIEW
Section I.
Section II.
Section III.
Section IV.
.........................................................................................................................................2-1
Description and Use of Operator's Controls and Indicators ................................................2-1
Operator Preventative Maintenance Checks and Services................................................2-11
Operation Under Usual Conditions ....................................................................................2-16
Operation Under Unusual Conditions ................................................................................2-61
OVERVIEW
This chapter provides information and procedures required by the operator to operate the 3-Person Recompression
Chamber RC-100-2 safely and efficiently.
Section I. DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR'S
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
Paragraph
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
Page
General.............................................................................................................................2-1
Electrical Control Panel.....................................................................................................2-2
Chamber Control Console.................................................................................................2-5
Gages, Valves, and Switches............................................................................................2-7
2-1. General. This section contains a list of the operator's controls and indicators, a description of their function and
their respective designation. The purpose of the description and designation is to provide adequate written guidance for
the safe operation and maintenance of the chamber. The first three places of the designation describe the function of the
component. The last three places of the designation give sequence number. For example XXX-000. The following table
describes the function designators.
Table 2-1. Recompression Chamber Functional Designators.
AGA
ALP
ELP
ARP
OXL
OXH
OBR
OGA
OHL
SWT
FLV
OEX
-
2-1
Air Gage
Air, Low Pressure
Exhaust, Low
Air Pressure Relief
Oxygen, Low Pressure
Oxygen, High Pressure
Oxygen Back Pressure Regulator
Oxygen Gage
Oxygen Handloader
Electrical Switch
Fluid Valve
Oxygen Exhaust
TM 5-4220-227-14
2-2. Electrical Control Panel. (figure 2-1)
Figure 2-1. Electrical Control Panel Controls and Indicators (Sheet 1 of 2).
2-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-1. Electrical Control Panel Controls and Indicators (Sheet 2 of 2).
2-3
TM 5-4220-227-14
Key
Designator
Control or Indicator
Function or Use
1
NA
Power Supply (Lights, I/L)
Controls I/L lights.
2
SWT-001
Toggle Switch
ON/OFF - controls power supply circuit.
3
SWT-002
Toggle Switch
ON/OFF - controls I/L light circuit.
4
SWT-003
Variable Rheostat
Controls voltage to I/L lights.
5
NA
Indicator Lights (3 ea)
Light glows to indicate energized I/L light circuits.
6
NA
Fuseholders (3 ea)
Contains fuse for I/L lights.
7
NA
Power Supply
Controls O/L lights.
8
NA
Fuseholder
Contains fuse for O/L lights.
9
SWT-005
Variable Rheostat
Controls voltage to O/L lights.
10
SWT-004
Toggle Switch
ON/OFF - controls O/L light circuit.
11
NA
Indicator Light
Light glows to indicate energized O/L light circuit.
12
NA
Fuseholder
Contains fuse for chiller and scrubber fan circuits.
13
NA
Oxygen Analyzer
Analyzes % of oxygen in chamber air.
14
NA
Oxygen Meter
Indicates % of oxygen in chamber air.
15
SWT-006
Range Switch
Selects range of oxygen in air being tested or
condition of battery.
16
SWT-007
Span Adjustment
Controls meter's indicating pointer.
17
NA
Digital Thermometer
Monitors temperature of chamber air.
18
NA
Sound Powered Phones
Secondary communications system.
19
NA
Communications Box
Primary communications system
20
SWT-008
Power Switch
ON/OFF - energizes communication set.
21
SWT-009
Speaker Switch
ON/OFF - energizes comm box speaker.
22
SWT-010
Volume Control
Controls volume of operator's speaker.
23
SWT-013
Volume Control
Controls volume of I/L speaker.
2-4
TM 5-4220-227-14
Key
Designator
Control or Indicator
Function or Use
24
SWT-014
Volume Control
Controls volume of O/L speaker.
25
SWT-011
Speaker Switch
ON/OFF - energizes O/L speaker circuit.
26
SWT-012
Speaker Switch
ON/OFF - energizes I/L speaker circuit.
27
NA
Indicator Light
Light glows when AC power circuit on comm box is
energized.
28
SWT-015
Microphone Switch
PUSH-TO-TALK operator's microphone switch.
29
SWT-016
Speaker Switch
"Push to talk" operator's headset switch.
30
NA
Battery Condition Light
Light glows to indicate condition of battery.
31
NA
Flow Meter
Meters quantity of air sample to oxygen analyzer.
32
ALP-040
Flow Meter Valve
Regulates air sample flow rate.
33
NA
Stopwatches
Indicate time-lapse for procedures and treatments.
34
SWT-018
Toggle Switch
ON/OFF - to control C02 scrubber fan.
35
SWT-017
Toggle Switch
ON/OFF -to control chiller fan.
36
NA
Power Strip
Controls electrical power distribution.
37
SWT-019
Rocker Switch
Energizes power strip.
38
NA
Indicator Light
Light glows when power strip is energized.
2-3. Chamber Control Console. (figure 2-2)
2-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-2. Chamber Control Console Controls and Indicators.
2-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
Key
Designator
Control or Indicator
Function or Use
1
NA
Chamber Control Console
Controls air and oxygen flow.
2
AGA-017
Depth Gage
Indicates I/L depth in FSW.
3
AGA-018
Depth Gage, Backup
Indicates I/L depth in FSW.
4
AGA-019
Depth Gage
Indicates O/L depth in FSW.
5
OGA-026
Oxygen Bank Gage
Indicates pressure of oxygen in supply cylinders.
6
OHL-024
Oxygen Pressure Regulator
Controls supply of oxygen to BIBS manifold.
7
OGA-025
Oxygen Manifold Gage
Indicates pressure of oxygen in BIBS manifold.
8
OBR-023
Oxygen Back Pressure Regulator
Controls oxygen overboard dump pressure from O/L.
9
OBR-022
Oxygen Back Pressure Regulator
Controls oxygen overboard dump pressure from I/L.
10
ALP-016
Needle Valve
Isolates depth gage from O/L pressure.
11
OXL-020
Needle Valve
Controls oxygen supply to BIBS manifold in O/L.
12
OXL-021
Needle Valve
Controls oxygen supply to BIBS manifold in I/L.
13
ALP-015
Needle Valve
Isolates depth backup gage from I/L pressure.
14
ALP-013
Needle Valve
Isolates depth gage from I/L pressure.
15
ALP-014
Needle Valve
Isolates oxygen flow meter from chamber air.
2-4. Gages, Valves, and Switches. (figure 2-3)
2-7
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-3. Gages, Valves, and Switches Controls and Indicators (Sheet 1 of 2).
2-8
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-3. Gages, Valves, and Switches Controls and Indicators (Sheet 2 of 2).
2-9
TM 5-4220-227-14
Key
Designator
Control or Indicator
Function or Use
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
FLV-041
NA
SWT-022
SWT-023
FLV-042
OEX-038
OEX-037
ELP-012
ELP-011
ALP-010
ALP-009
ELP-008
ELP-007
ALP-006
ALP-005
NA
APR-004
ALP-004
NA
SWT-020
SWT-021
Ball Valve
Fluid Level Inspection Plate
ON/OFF Switch
HEAT/CHILL Switch
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Temperature Probe
Pressure Relief Valve
Ball Valve
Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI)
Reset Switch
Test Switch
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
NA
ELP-043
NA
AGA-044
ALP-002
ALP-001
AGA-003
ALP-045
Silencer, Exhaust
Ball Valve
Locking Handle
Pressure Gage
Ball Valve
Ball Valve
Pressure Gage
Ball Valve
Controls fluid return to heater/chiller module.
Provides access to reservoir.
Heater chiller power supply.
Selects heat or chill mode.
Controls fluid supply to heater/chiller module.
Controls oxygen exhaust from O/L.
Controls oxygen exhaust from I/L.
Control air exhaust from O/L.
Controls air exhaust from O/L.
Controls air supply to O/L.
Controls air supply to O/L.
Controls air exhaust from I/L.
Controls air exhaust from I/L.
Controls air supply to I/L.
Controls air supply to I/L.
Monitors chamber air temperature.
Controls chamber over pressurization.
Control air to pressure relief valve.
Contains main circuit breaker.
Main circuit breaker reset switch.
Push-to-test light glows to indicate circuit is
energized.
Controls sound of exhausting air.
Controls medical lock exhaust.
Position of handle indicates when door is locked.
Indicates internal air pressure of medical lock.
Controls air supply to chamber.
Controls air supply to chamber.
Indicates air supply manifold pressure.
Controls medical lock pressurization from inside
chamber
2-10
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
Paragraph
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
Page
General ................................ ........... ..........................................................................2-11
Purpose of PMCS Table ...............................................................................................2-11
Explanation of Columns.................................................................................................2-11
Reporting Deficiencies...................................................................................................2-12
Equipment is Not Ready/Available If Column ................................................................2-12
Scrubber Assembly, Service .........................................................................................2-14
2-5. General. Operator PMCS are performed to ensure that the 3-person recompression chamber is ready for operation
at all times. Perform the checks and services at the specified intervals.
a.
Before you Operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your before (B) PMCS
prior to the equipment leaving its containment area or performing its intended mission.
b.
While you Operate. Always keep in mind the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS. Perform your during (D) PMCS
when the equipment is being used in its intended mission.
c.
After you Operate. Be sure to perform your after (A) PMCS after the equipment has been taken out of its
mission mode or returned to its containment area.
d.
If your Equipment Fails to Operate. Troubleshoot with proper equipment. Report any deficiencies using the
proper forms See DA Pam 738-750.
2-6. Purpose of PMCS Table. The purpose of the PMCS table is to provide a systematic method of inspecting and
servicing the equipment. In this way, small defects can be detected early before they become a major problem causing
the equipment to fail to complete its mission. The PMCS table is arranged with the individual PMCS procedures listed in
sequence under assigned intervals. The most logical time (before, during, or after operation) to perform each procedure
determines the interval to which it is assigned. Make a habit of doing the checks in the same order each time and
anything wrong will be seen quickly. See paragraphs 2-7 and 2-9 for an explanation of the columns in table 2-1
2-7. Explanation of Columns. The following is a list of the PMCS table column headings with a description of the
information found in each column
a.
Item No. This column shows the sequence in which the checks and services are to be performed, and is
used to identify the equipment area on the Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, DA Form 2404.
b.
Interval. This column shows a dot (.) when each check is to be done.
c.
Item to be Inspected/Procedures. This column identifies the general area or specific part where the check or
service is to be done, and explains how to do them.
d.
Equipment is Not Ready/Available If. See paragraph 2-9.
2-11
TM 5-4220-227-14
2-8. Reporting Deficiencies. If any problem with the equipment is discovered during PMCS or while it is being
operated that cannot be corrected at the operator/crew maintenance level, it must be reported. Refer to DA Pam 738750 and report the deficiency using the proper forms.
2-9. Equipment is Not Ready/Available If Column. This column lists conditions that make the equipment unavailable
for use because it is unable to perform its mission, or because it would represent a safety hazard. Do not accept or
operate equipment with a condition in the "Equipment is Not Ready If" column.
Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).
NOTE
Within designated intervals, these checks are to be performed in the order listed.
If the equipment must be kept in continuous operation, check and service only those items that can be
checked and serviced without disturbing operation. Make the complete checks and services when the
equipment can be shut down.
B - Before
D - During
A - After
Interval
Item
No.
1
B
•
D
•
A
•
Item to be Inspected.
Procedure
GFI. Press TEST button. Observe indicator light is
off Press ON button. Observe indicator light is lit.
Equipment Is Not Ready
Available If
GFI inoperative.
2
•
•
•
Power Strip. Press circuit breaker switch. Observe
indicator light is off. Press circuit breaker switch
Observe indicator light is lit.
Power strip inoperative.
3
•
Interior Lights. Check all interior lights for function.
4
•
Primary Communications System. Check the communications for proper function in both the I/L and
O/L and without headsets.
System damaged or inoperative.
Do not operate until repaired.
5
•
Secondary Communications System. Check sound
powered phones for proper function.
Sound power phone damaged
or inoperative.
6
•
Oxygen (02) Analyzer. Check 02 analyzer proper
function.
7
•
Carbon Dioxide (C02) Scrubber and Chiller Unit.
Check CO2 scrubber and chiller blower units to ensure that
both units are circulating air.
2-12
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (Cont).
B - Before
D - During
A - After
Interval
Item
No.
B
8
•
D
A
Item to be Inspected.
Procedure
Equipment Is Not Ready
Available If
Absorbent. Check level of absorbent, if low,
or crystals are blue, service scrubber assembly (para. 2-10).
•
Level of absorbent is low or
crystals are blue
After unit is used for treatment of personnel,
service scrubber assembly (para. 2-10).
9
•
Reservoir, Heater/Chiller Module. Check the
fluid level of the reservoir. The fluid mixture is
25% propylene glycol, 75% water by volume.
10
•
Battery, Communicator System. Disconnect
communicator unit from AC power source.
Observe battery low voltage indicator light.
Light will flash when voltage falls to approximately 10 to 11 volts. If flashing occurs,
battery must be recharged to 12 volts.
11
•
Clothing and Materials. Wash fire resistant
clothing and materials.
12
•
Recompression Chamber. Wash inside and
outside of chamber. (Inside only after extended operations.)
13
•
Check that Masks are installed or plug is
installed. Clean 02 Masks following use.
Oxygen Mask not cleaned.
Do not use until cleaned.
•
Gages. Inspect for damaged pointers,
cracked lenses, loose tube connections or
loose wires, loose hardware, plus proper
operation and normal readings during
operation.
Gages damaged or inoperative. Do not operate until
repaired.
•
Valves. Inspect for proper operation. Check
for looseness, damage and missing parts.
Valves damaged or inoperative.
14
•
15
•
•
Change 1
2-13
TM 5-4220-227-14
B - Before
D - During
A - After
Interval
Item
No.
B
D
A
Item to be Inspected.
Procedure
Equipment Is Not Ready
Available If
WARNING
Examine hoses before pressurizing. Worn
or frayed hose may explode.
16
•
17
•
•
Air Hose and Fittings. Inspect for wear, cracks, cuts,
fraying, leaks and loose connections.
Air hose or fittings damaged.
Do not operate with damaged
hose or fittings.
Depth Gages. Zero the gage reading if not zeroed
before use.
2-10. Scrubber Service. (figure 2-4) The following procedures are performed to service scrubber assembly.
a.
Unlatch two fasteners (1) and remove lid (2).
b.
Remove and discard used absorbant from cannister (3).
c.
Refill canister (3) with C02 absorbant.
NOTE
Double bag canister if not being used. Unbag before use of chamber.
d.
Install lid (2) on canister (3).
2-14
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-4. Scrubber Assembly, Service.
2-15
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section III. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
Paragraph
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-16
2-17
Page
General .........................................................................................................................2-16
Decals and Instruction Plates.........................................................................................2-16
Startup Procedures .......................................................................................................2-16
Normal Procedures........................................................................................................2-33
Shutdown Procedures ...................................................................................................2-43
Modified Startup Procedures ........................................................................................2-51
Modified Shutdown Procedures ....................................................................................2-56
2-11. General. This section contains step-by-step instructions for preparing the 3-Person Recompression Chamber for
operation. Figure 2-5 must be used by the operator to ensure that the correct procedures are performed before, during,
and after chamber operation.
2-12. Decals and Instruction Plates. The locations of the operating instructions or caution/warning decals and plates
are illustrated in figures 2-6 through 2-9.
2-13. Startup Procedures. These procedures are required to prepare the chamber for operation (figure 2-10), and must
be performed after a complete shutdown (para. 2-15).
WARNING
These procedures should only begin after the primary and secondary air systems, oxygen banks and
heater/chiller unit are connected to the recompression chamber but not pressurized or activated Failure to
do so may result in damage to the equipment and/or injury or death to personnel.
The operating procedures given are not intended to be used as therapeutic procedures. Treatment of
patients is not within the scope of this manual. The following instructions and procedures are intended
only to show the mechanical operation of the recompression chamber, complete information on operation
is to be provided by the proper authorities.
It is mandatory that these operating procedures be followed in the sequence given. Failure to do so may
result in damage to the equipment and/or injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Hearing Protection is required when checking air system.
NOTE
The primary air system is used to attain treatment depth and maintain the chamber at the desired flow
rate. The primary air system is used with the secondary air system to rapidly Increase or decrease
chamber air pressure.
2-16
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-5. Recompression Chamber Operating Procedure Flowchart.
2-17
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-6. Door Procedure Plate.
2-18
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-7. Warning Plates.
2-19
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-8. Manufacturer's Data Plates.
2-20
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-9. ANSI/ASME Certification Data Plate
2-21
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
1.
Primary Air System
NA
Pressurize system up to recompression
chamber
2.
Secondary Air System
NA
Pressurize system up to recompression
chamber
3.
ALP-001 (Console)
1
Open
4.
ALP-002 (Console)
2
Shut
5.
AGA-003 (Console)
3
Ensure air supply system pressure is
acceptable (minimum 150 PSIG)
6.
ALP-004 (Console))
4
Ensure relief gag valve is wired open
with warning per FM 20-11-1
7.
ALP-013 (Console)
5
Open
8.
ALP-014 (Console)
6
Open
9.
ALP-015 (Console)
7
Open
10.
ALP-016 (Console)
8
Open
11.
AGA-017 (Console)
9
Zero gage
12.
AGA-018 (Console)
10
Zero gage
13.
AGA-019 (Console)
11
Zero gage
14.
OXH-030 through OXH-035
12
through
17
Shut
15.
02 Bottle Valves
18
Open
16.
OXH-030 02 Bank #1
12
Open
17.
OXH-031 (O2 Bank #1)
13
Open
18.
OXH-032 (02 Bank #1)
14
Open
19.
OXH-027 (02 Bank)
15
Open and record bank #1 pressure from
OGA-028 (19) here
Procedure
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 1 of 11).
2-22
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
20.
OXH-030 through OXH-032
(02 Bank)
12
through
14
Shut
21.
OXH-033 (02 Bank #2)
16
Open
22.
OXH-034 (02 Bank #2)
17
Open
23.
OXH-035 (02 Bank #2)
18
Open
24.
OGA-28 (02 Bank)
19
Record bank #2 pressure from
OGA-028 here
25.
OXH-033, OXH-034,
OXH-035
16
through
18
Leave open if bank #2 is lower than
bank #1, if not, shut
26.
OXH-030, OXH-031,
OXH-032
12
through
14
Leave shut unless bank #1 is lower
pressure than bank #2
27.
Oxygen Supply
NA
Bank #
is on line with
Step
Procedure
Check
PSIG
28.
OHL-024 (Console)
20
Dial in until OGA-025 reads
80-100 PSIG
29.
OLP-020 (Console)
21
Open
30.
OLP-021 (Console)
22
Open
31.
OEX-037 (Console)
23
Open
32.
OEX-038 (Console)
24
Open
33.
Ground Fault Interrupter
25
Plug into power
34.
SWT-020 (Console)
21
Turn on - push SWT-021 to test.
SWT-020 should turn off automatically.
Turn SWT-020 back on.
35.
SWT-019 (Console)
26
Turn on
36.
SWT-001 (Console)
27
Turn on
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 2 of 11).
2-23
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
37.
Component
(Location)
SWT-002 (Console)
Index
No.
28
38.
SWT-003 (Console)
29
Dial rheostat to desired lighting level
39.
SWT-004 (Console)
30
Turn on
40.
SWT-005 (Console)
31
Dial rheostat to desired lighting level
41.
SWT-006
32
Turn switch to "BAT TEST" position to
check battery. Then turn to "MED"
and uncap sensor. Do not adjust.
42.
SWT-008
33
Turn on
43.
SWT-009 (Console)
34
Turn on
44.
SWT-011 (Console)
35
Turn on
45.
SWT-012 (Console)
36
Turn on
46.
Communications (i/L & O/L)
47.
Sound Powered Phones
40
Check for function
(I/L- O/L)
48.
Fire Extinguisher
41
Check pressure 200 PSI
49.
Battery Powered Lights (I/L)
42
Stowed in I/L, check for function
50.
Hearing protection (I/L-O/L)
43
4EA in IL, 3EA in O/L
51.
Fire Retardant Clothes
44
Stowed in I/L
52.
Mattress, Pillow, Blankets
45
Stowed in I/L
53.
Stainless Steel Buckets
46
Stowed in I/L (not required if fire
extinguisher in I/L
54
Tongue Depressor (I/L)
47
Stowed on shelf
37, 38
39
Procedure
Turn both on
Check for function. Turn switch
SWT-010, SWT-013 and SWT-014 to
desired level
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 3 of 11).
2-24
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
55.
SWT-017 (Console)
48
Turn on, check heater/chiller fan for
function, ensure canister is unbagged
if chamber is to be used immediately.
56.
SWT-018 (Console)
49
Turn on, check CO2 scrubber fan for
function, ensure canister is unbagged if
chamber is to be used immediately.
57.
Oxygen Masks (I/L-O/L)
50
Unbag and check for function
58.
Primary Medical Kit
51
Stowed in outer lock
59.
Secondary Medical Kit
52
Ready for use, close to the chamber
60.
Medical Lock Hatch (I/L)
53
Shut and dog
61.
I/L Door
54
Open
62.
SWT-007 (Console)
then lock.
55
Adjust to red mark on analyzer scale
Install sensor on flowmeter
63.
FLV-042 (back of chamber)
56
Open
64.
FLV-041 (back of chamber)
57
Open
65.
Heater/Chiller Unit
58
Plugged into power - check coolant
level
66.
SWT-022
59
Turn on - record time from hourmeter
into logbook, wait :01
67.
SWT-023
60
Turn on - record PSI and temperature
into logbook
68.
Medical lock hatch - outside
61
Shut and dog
69.
Stopwatches
62
Wind, start and leave running
70.
Dive manual
NA
On station with all current updates
71.
Charts, Pencils Repet Sheets
NA
On station and serviceable
72.
Neuro Checklist Chamber Log
NA
On station and serviceable
73.
Drager Test Kit Portable 02
NA
On station and serviceable
Procedure
END OF PROCEDURE
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 4 of 11 ).
2-25
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 5 of 11 ).
2-26
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 6 of 11).
2-27
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 7 of 11).
2-28
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 8 of 11).
2-29
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 9 of 11).
2-30
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 10 of 11).
2-31
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-10. System Startup Checklist (Sheet 11 of 11).
2-32
TM 5-4220-227-14
2-14. Normal Operating Procedures. These procedures are required to operate the chamber. The
following steps are to be followed to insure the proper and continued operation of the equipment (figure 2-1 1).
NOTE
Refer to the normal operating procedures in the associated support items of equipment
for primary and secondary air supply systems.
a. Pressurizing and Depressurizing Chamber.
b. Ventilating the Chamber.
c. Analyzing Chamber Oxygen.
d. Conditioning Chamber Atmosphere.
e. Pressurizing Medical Lock to Depth.
f. Depressurizing Medical Lock to Surface.
2-33
TM 5-4220-227-14
a. Pressurizing and Depressurizing Chamber
Component
(Location)
Step
Index
No.
Procedure
INNER LOCK PRESSURIZATION
1.
I/L Door
1
Shut
2.
ALP-005 or ALP-006
2, 3
Open and monitor descent on AGA-017
(4) or AGA-018 (5) to desired depth
WARNING
Do not exceed 165 FSW for
manned operations.
OUTER LOCK PRESSURIZATION
NOTE
Outer lock cannot be pressurized
unless inner lock is pressurized
1.
O/L Door
6
Shut
2.
ALP-009 or ALP-010
7, 8
Open and monitor descent on AGA-019
(9) to desired depth
WARNING
Do not exceed I/L depth.
INNER LOCK DEPRESSURIZATION
ELP-007 or ELP-008
10,11
Open and monitor ascent on AGA-017
(4) or AGA-018 (5) to desired depth.
OUTER LOCK DEPRESSURIZATION
ELP-011 or ELP-012
12, 13
Open and monitor ascent on AGA-019
(9) to desired depth.
- - - - - END OF PROCEDURE - - - - -
Figure 2-11. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 1 of 9).
2-34
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
b. Ventilating the Chamber.
Component
(Location)
Step
Index
No.
Procedure
INNER LOCK
ALP-005 and ELP-007
(Console)
2, 9
Open simultaneously and maintain
depth on AGA-017 (4) or AGA-018 (15),
7, 11
Open simultaneously and maintain
depth on AGA-019 (9).
OUTER LOCK
ALP-009 and ELP-011
(Console)
- - - - -END OF PROCEDURE - - - - -
Figure 2-11.
Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 2 of 9).
2-35
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
c. Analyzing Chamber Oxygen.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
ALP-040 (Console)
14
Open at depth until a flow of 200CC is
maintained
2.
Oxygen Analyzer
15
Read level of oxygen from analyzer
scale
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-11.
Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 3 of 9).
2-36
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
d. Conditioning Chamber Atmosphere.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
CO2 Canister (I/L)
16
Remove bag and install on scrubber.
2.
SWT-017 (Console)
17
Turn on
3.
SWT-018 (Console)
18
Turn on
4.
Temperature
19
Monitor temperature of chamber.
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2- 1. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 4 of 9).
2-37
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
e. Pressurizing Medical Lock to Depth.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
20
Procedure
1.
Medical Lock Door (I/L)
Shut and dogged.
2.
ALP-045 (I/L)21
3.
AGA-044 (Med Lock Ext.)
22
Observe to be 0 PSIG.
4.
Medical Lock Door
23
Undog, open, load necessary equipment
supplies in. Shut and dog.
Shut
WARNING
Ensure all equipment/supplies
are compatible with hyperbaric
environment.
5.
ELP-043 (Med Lock Ext.)
6.
ALP-045 (I/L)21
24
Shut
Open and pressurize medical lock to
chamber depth
WARNING
Watch for loss of chamber depth.
7.
Medical Lock Door (I/L)
20
Undog, open and recover contents.
8.
Medical Lock Door
23
Shut and dog.
9.
ALP-045(I/L)
21
Shut
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-11. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 5 of 9).
2-38
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
f. Depressurizing Medical Lock to Surface.
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
Medical Lock
comparing AGA-044 (22) and
AGA-017 (4).
25
Ensure medical lock is at depth by
2.
ALP-045 (I/L)21
3.
Medical Lock Door (I/L)
shut and dog.
20
Undog, open and load contents, then
4.
ALP-045 (I/L)
21
Shut
5.
ELP-043
24
Open and depressurize medical lock to
surface.
Step
Open
CAUTION
If chamber depth starts to
drop, secure ELP-043 (24)
and investigate for leaks.
6.
Medical Lock Door
23
Undog, open and remove contents, then
shut and dog door.
7.
ELP-043
24
Shut
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-11. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 6 of 9).
2-39
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2- 11. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 7 of 9).
2-40
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-11. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 8 of 9).
2-41
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-11. Normal Operating Procedures Checklist (Sheet 9 of 9).
2-42
TM 5-4220-227-14
2-15. Shutdown Procedures. These procedures must be performed as follows:
• Every seven days
• Prior to maintenance
• After maintenance
• To place the system in a down condition.
The following steps are to be followed to insure the proper and continued operation of the equipment (figure 2-12).
NOTE
1. Refer to the shut down procedures in the associated support items of equipment for
primary and secondary air supply systems.
2. On discretion of dive supervisor, disconnect air source - plug, cap, or double bag the
ends.
2-43
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
Primary Air System
NA
Depressurize system up to chamber.
2.
Secondary Air System
NA
Depressurize system up to chamber.
3.
ALP-001 (left side of
chamber)
1
Shut
4.
ALP-002 (left side of
chamber)
2
Shut
5.
ALP-004 (left side of
chamber)
3
Wired open
6.
ALP-005 (Console)
4
Shut
7.
ALP-006 (Console)
5
Shut
8.
ELP-007 (Console)
6
Shut
9.
ELP-008 (Console)
7
Shut
10.
ALP-009 (Console)
8
Shut
11.
ALP-010 (Console)
9
Shut
12.
ELP-011 (Console)
10
Shut
13.
ELP-012 (Console)
11
Shut
14.
ALP-013 (Console)
12
Shut
15.
ALP-014 (Console)
13
Shut
16.
ALP-015 (Console)
14
Shut
17.
ALP-016 (Console)
15
Shut
18.
OHL-024 (Console)
16
Shut
19.
Oxygen Bottle Valves
17
Shut
20.
OXH-036 (02 Banks)s)
18
Open until OGA-028 reads 0 PSIG
then shut
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 1 of 7).
2-44
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
21.
OXH-027 (02 Bank)
19
Shut
22.
OXH-029 (02 Bank)
20
Shut
23.
OEX-037 (Console)
21
Shut
24.
OEX-038 (Console)
22
Shut
25.
OLP-039 (02 Masks)
23
Bleed down I/L and O/L 02 BIBS until
OGA-025 (24) reads 0 PSIG, then shut.
26.
Medical Lock Hatch (I/L)
25
Shut and dog.
27.
ALP-045 (I/L)
26
Shut
28.
Oxygen Masks (I/L and O/L)
27
Clean per FM 20-11-1 and bag.
29.
OXL-020 (Console)
28
Shut
30.
OXL-021 (Console)
29
Shut
31.
AGA-044 (Med Lock Ext.)
30
Observe to be 0 PSIG.
32.
Medical Lock Door (outer)
31
Shut and dog
33.
ELP-043 (Med Lock Ext.)
32
Shut
34.
SWT-003 and SWT-005
(Console)
33, 34
35.
SWT-008 (Console)
35
Turn off.
36.
SWT-022 (Htr/Chiller)
36
Turn off - wait :01 then do step 37.
37.
SWT-023 (Htr/Chiller)
37
Turn off - record time from hourmeter
in logbook.
38.
FLV-041 (back of chamber)
38
Turn off.
39.
FLV-042 (back of chamber)
39
Turn off.
40.
SWT-017 (Console)
40
Turn off.
41.
SWT-018 (Console)
41
Turn off.
Turn to zero - let light cool for 5 min.
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 2 of 7).
2-45
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
42.
SWT-006 (Console)
42
Turn off.
43.
ALP-040 (Console)
43
Shut
44.
SWT-002 (Console)
44
Turn off.
45.
SWT-001 (Console)
45
Turn off.
46.
SWT-019 (Console)
46
Turn off.
47.
SWT-020 (Console)
47
Turn off.
48.
Chamber LogNA
Ensure log is completely filled out.
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 3 of 7).
2-46
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 4 of 7).
2-47
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 5 of 7).
2-48
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 6 of 7).
2-49
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-12. Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 7 of 7).
2-50
TM 5-4220-227-14
2-16. Modified Startup Procedures. These procedures are required to restart the equipment after modified or
temporary shutdown procedures have been performed (figure 2-13) and the chamber placed in standby
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
SWT-022
1
Turn on - record time from hourmeter
into logbook, wait :01
2.
SWT-023
2
Turn on - record PSI and temperature
(if applicable) into logbook.
3.
OXH-033, OXH-034,
OXH-035
4.
Oxygen Bottle Valves
6
Open slowly.
5.
OGA-028 (02 Bank)
7
Record bank #1 pressure from
OGA-028 here
6.
OXH-030, OXH-031,
OXH-032
8,9,10
7.
OXH-033 through OXH-035
(02 Bank)
8.
OGA-028 (02 Bank)
9.
OXH-033, OXH-034,
OXH-035
3, 4, 5
Leave open if bank #2 is lower than
bank #1, if not, shut.
10.
OXH-030, OXH-031,
OXH-032
8,9,10
Leave shut unless bank #1 is lower
pressure than bank #2
11
Oxygen Supply
12
OXH-029
11
Open
13
OHL-024 (Console)
12
Dial in until OGA-025 (13) reads
80-100 PSI.
14.
OLP-020, OLP-021 (Console)
3, 4, 5
3, 4, 5
7
Shut
Shut
Open
Record bank #2 pressure from
OGA-028 here
Bank #
____is on line with______PSIG
14,15
Open
Figure 2-13. Modified Startup Procedures Checklist (Sheet 1 of 5).
2-51
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
15.
SWT-019 (Console)
16
Turn on
16.
SWT-001 (Console)
17
Turn on
17.
SWT-004 (Console)
18
Turn on
18.
SWT-008 (Console)
19
Turn on
19.
SWT-003, SWT-005
(Console)
20, 21
20.
SWT-006 (Console)
22
Uncap, install sensor, turn to "MED".
21.
Communications, Sound
Powered Phones (I/L-O/L)
23
Check for function. Turn switch
SWT-010 (24), SWT-013 (25) and
SWT-014 (26) to desired level
22.
Fire Extinguisher (I/L)
27
Check pressure 200 PSI.
23.
Battery Powered Lights (I/L)
28
Stowed in I/L, check for function
24.
Hearing Protection, Fire
Retardant Clothes, Pillow,
Mattress Blankets, Stainless
Buckets.
29
Stowed in I/L
25
Charts, Repet Sheets,
Pencils Chamber Log,
Drager Kit
NA
On Site
Dial to desired lighting level.
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-13. Modified Startup Procedures Checklist (Sheet 2 of 5).
2-52
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-13. Modified Startup Procedures Checklist (Sheet 3 of 5).
2-53
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-13. Modified Startup Procedures Checklist (Sheet 4 of 5).
2-54
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-13. Modified Startup Procedures Checklist (Sheet 5 of 5).
2-55
TM 5-4220-227-14
2-17. Modified Shutdown Procedures. These procedures are required to bring the equipment to a
temporary shutdown or standby status (figure 2-14).
NOTE
Refer to the modified shutdown procedures in the associated support items of equipment
for primary and secondary air supply systems.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1
SWT-003 (Console)
1
Turn down to zero
2.
SWT-005 (Console)
2
Turn down to zero.
3.
SWT-023 (Htr/Chiller)
3
Turn off, wait :01 then do step 4.
4.
SWT-022 (Htr/Chiller)
4
Turn off, record time from hourmeter
into logbook.
5.
Oxygen Bottle Valves
5
Shut all bottle valves on both banks.
6.
OXH-029 (02 Bank)
6
Shut
7.
SWT-001 (Console)
7
Turn off
8.
SWT-004 (Console)
8
Turn off
9.
SWT-008 (Console)
9
Turn-off
10.
SWT-019 (Console)
10
Turn off
11.
SWT-006 (Console)
11
Turn off, cap sensor.
12
OHL-024 (Console)
12
Back off
13.
OLP-020 (Console)
13
Shut
14.
OLP-021 (Console)
14
Shut
15.
Chamber Log
NA
Ensure log is completely filled out.
16.
Charts, Repet Sheets, Pencils
NA
Replenish as necessary
17.
Dive Manual
NA
On site
18.
Portable 02 Drager Kit
NA
Replenish as necessary.
Figure 2-14. Modified Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 1 of 5).
2-56
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
19.
Neuro Checklist
NA
Replenish as necessary
20.
Oxygen Bottles
NA
Replenish as necessary
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-14. Modified Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 2 of 5).
2-57
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-14. Modified Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 3 of 5).
2-58
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-14. Modified Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 4 of 5).
2-59
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 2-14. Modified Shutdown Procedures Checklist (Sheet 5 of 5).
2-60
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section IV. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
Paragraph
2-18
2-19
Page
General ...............................................................................................................2-61
Emergency Procedures .......................................................................................2-61
2-18. General. This section includes instructions for actions necessary to operate equipment under unusual
conditions. All chamber operations must be conducted IAW U.S. Army Dive Manual FM 20-11-1.
2-19. Emergency Procedures. These procedures are for emergency conditions that may arise during
operation of the system (figure 2-15). All potential emergencies are not covered in this manual. Refer to
FM 20-11-1 for other possible emergencies and abort procedures if necessary. The following procedures are
covered:
a. Loss of Primary Air.
b. Loss of Electrical Power.
c. Loss of Chamber Depth.
d. Increase in Chamber Depth.
e. Loss of Primary Oxygen Supply.
f. Contaminated Breathing Source
g. Fire in the Inner Lock.
h. Loss of Depth Gage in Inner Lock.
2-61
TM 5-4220-227-14
a. Loss of Primary Air.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
ALP-001 (Console)
1
Shut
2.
ALP-002 (Console)
2
Open
3.
Secondary Air Supply
Ensure supply is on line and working per
unit operating procedures.
4.
Primary Air Supply
restore as soon as possible.
Investigate loss of primary air and
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 1 of 8).
2-62
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
b. Loss of Electrical Power.
Step
1.
Component
(Location)
Oxygen Bibs (I/L-O/L)
Index
No.
NA
Procedure
Remove bibs.
2.
Battery Powered Lights (I/L)
NA
Turn on.
3.
Electrical Power
NA
Investigate loss of power and restore as
soon as possible.
----- END OF PROCEDURE ----Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 2 of 8).
2-63
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
c. Loss of Chamber Depth.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
ALP-005 (Console)
1
Open to maintain depth on AGA-017 (2)
or AGA-018 (3)
2.
ALP-006
4
Open if necessary.
3.
ELP-007, ELP-008 I/L
Exhaust
5, 6
Shut
4.
ELP-011, ELP-012 O/L
Exhaust
7, 8
Shut
5.
OBR-022, OBR-023
(Console)
9, 10
Back off completely if necessary
6.
Oxygen Bibs (I/L-O/L)
NA
Remove bibs.
----- END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 3 of 8).
2-64
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
d. Increase in Chamber Depth.
Step
1
Component
(Location)
ELP-007 (Console)
Index
No.
1
Procedure
Open and maintain depth on AGA-017
or AGA-018 (3).
2.
ALP-005, ALP-006 I/L Supply
4, 5
Shut
3.
ALP-009, ALP-010 O/L
Supply
6, 7
Shut
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 4 of 8).
2-65
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
e. Loss of Primary Oxygen Supply.
Component
Step
(Location)
LOSS OF OXYGEN BANK #1
1.
OXH-030, OXH-031,
OXH-032 (02)
Index
No.
Procedure
1,2, 3
Shut and tag "STBY".
2.
OXH-033, OXH-034,
OXH-035 (02)
4, 5, 6
Open and tag "IN USE".
3.
Oxygen Bank #1
NA
Replace cylinders - leave bank tagged
"STBY".
LOSS OF OXYGEN BANK #2
1.
OXH-033, OXH-034,
OXH-035 (02)
4, 5, 6
Shut and tag "STBY".
2.
OXH-030, OXH-031,
OXH-032 (02)
1,2, 3
Open and tag "IN USE".
3.
Oxygen Bank #2
NA
Replace cylinders - leave bank tagged
"STBY".
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 5 of 8).
2-66
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
f. Contaminated Breathing Source.
Step
1.
Component
(Location)
ALP-001 (Console)
2.
ALP-002 (Console)
3.
Chamber
Index
No.
1
2
Procedure
Shut
Open
Ventilate I/L continuously IAW
FM 20-11-1.
-----END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 6 of 8).
2-67
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
g. Fire in the Inner Lock.
Step
1.
Component
(Location)
OXL-020 and OXL-021
(Console)
Index
No.
1, 2
Procedure
Shut
2.
SWT-017 (Console)
3
Turn off.
3.
SWT-018 (Console)
4
Turn off.
4.
ELP-007 (Console)
5
Open as necessary to maintain depth.
5.
Chamber Occupants
NA
Move to outer lock if possible.
6
Inner Lock Door
6
Shut
7.
Chamber Occupants
NA
Fight fire.
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 7 of 8).
2-68
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
h. Loss of Depth Gage in Inner Lock.
Step
Component
(Location)
Index
No.
Procedure
1.
ALP-013 (Console)
1
Shut if appropriate.
2.
ALP-015 (Console)
2
Shut if appropriate.
------END OF PROCEDURE-----
Figure 2-15. Emergency Procedures Checklist (Sheet 8 of 8).
2-69/(2-70 blank)
Check
Note
TM 5-4220-227-14
CHAPTER 3
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
Page
OVERVIEW
Section I.
Section II.
Section III.
...............................................................................................................................................3-1
Lubrication Instructions ..........................................................................................................3-1
Operator Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................3-2
Operator Maintenance Procedures..........................................................................................3-2
OVERVIEW
This chapter contains information for troubleshooting and maintenance of the 3-Person Recompression Chamber by
operator level maintenance personnel.
Section I. LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
Paragraph
3-1
3-2
3-3
Page
General.........................................................................................................................................3-1
Lubrication Order .........................................................................................................................3-1
Lubrication Instructions ................................................................................................................3-1
WARNING
The use of lubricants other than those specified may result in fire and/or explosion causing
serious injury or death. Use only those lubricants specified for use in a hyperbolic system.
3-1. General. Keep all lubricants in closed containers and store in a clean dry area away from excessive heat. Do not
allow dust, dirt, or other foreign matter to mix with the lubricants. Keep the lubrication equipment clean and ready for
use. Before lubricating the 3-Person Recompression Chamber, wipe all lubrication points to remove dirt and grease.
After lubricating, clean all lubrications points of any spilled or excessively applied lubricant to prevent accumulation of
dirt and foreign matter. Keep all external surfaces and parts not requiring lubrication free of lubricants.
3-2. Lubrication Order (LO). A separate LO for the 3-Person Recompression Chamber is not required.
3-3. Lubrication Instructions. All lubrication of the 3-person recompression chamber is performed by Unit, Direct
Support or General Support Maintenance Personnel, and is covered in detail in appropriate maintenance procedures
3-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
There are no operator maintenance troubleshooting procedures. Refer to Chapter 4 Unit Maintenance, Section IV, Unit
Troubleshooting Procedures in this manual.
Section III. OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
There are no operator maintenance procedures. Refer to Chapter 4 Unit Maintenance, Section V, Unit Maintenance
Procedures in this manual.
3-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
CHAPTER 4
UNIT MAINTENANCE
Page
OVERVIEW
Section I.
Section II.
Section III.
Section IV.
Section V.
Section VI.
.........................................................................................................................................4-1
Repair Parts; Special Tools; Test, Measurement and
Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE); and Support Equipment ..................................................4-1
Service Upon Receipt ............................................................................................................4-2
Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) ..................................................4-7
Unit Troubleshooting Procedures ...........................................................................................4-13
Unit Maintenance Procedures ................................................................................................4-21
Cleaning Procedures for Air/Oxygen Systems ........................................................................4-86
OVERVIEW
This chapter contains information for troubleshooting and maintenance of 3-Person Recompression Chamber by Unit
level personnel.
Section I. REPAIR PARTS; SPECIAL TOOLS; TEST, MEASUREMENT AND
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE); AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Paragraph
4-1
4-2
4-3
Page
Common Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................................4-1
Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment .............................................................................4-1
Repair Parts .................................................................................................................................4-1
4-1. Common Tools and Equipment. For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the modified Table of
Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit.
4-2. Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment. For a listing of special tools, TMDE, and support equipment
authorized for use on this equipment, refer to the Repair Parts and Special Tools List, TM 5-4220-227-24P and the
maintenance allocation chart (MAC), Appendix B of this manual.
4-3. Repair Parts. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List for 3-Person
Recompression Chamber, TM 5-4220-227-24P.
4-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT
Paragraph
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
Page
General.........................................................................................................................................4-2
Handling........................................................................................................................................4-2
Removal of Crating ......................................................................................................................4-2
Location of Chamber ....................................................................................................................4-2
Air Supplies and Exhausts ............................................................................................................4-2
Oxygen Supply .............................................................................................................................4-5
Oxygen System Prework Checks ..................................................................................................4-5
Chamber Doors (I/L and O/L) .......................................................................................................4-6
Primary Communication Systems ................................................................................................4-6
Secondary Communication Systems ............................................................................................4-6
Oxygen Breathing Masks .............................................................................................................4-6
Internal Hardware .........................................................................................................................4-6
Electrical Connections ..................................................................................................................4-7
4-4. General. This section provides the information required for the unit maintenance technician to insure that the
equipment will be adequately inspected, serviced, and operationally tested before it is subjected to its normal everyday
use.
4-5. Handling. The recompression chamber is equipped with four lifting lugs located on the top centerline. The
chamber may be lifted by using any two pairs of lugs, inner or outer pair. The chamber may also be moved with a forklift
using the channels in the skid base. The estimated total weight of the unit is 3000 lbs.
NOTE
Prior to uncrating the equipment, carefully examine the shipping crate for signs of damage incurred during
transit, report immediately any external damage to appropriate authorities.
If relocation of chamber is anticipated, retain all packing and crating materials for future use.
4-6. Removal of Crating. Remove crating and packing material. View ports are covered with fiberboard, taped in
place. Oxygen masks and sound powered phones are packed in a separate cardboard box, located inside the I/L.
4-7. Location of Chamber. Figures 4-1 and 4-2 show the overall dimensions of the unit. In selecting a location for the
chamber, provide clearance for personnel access into the chamber; clearance for injured or disabled personnel on a
stretcher, opening the M/L door, and for the swinging of the control cabinet hood assembly The unit is equipped with four
tie down lugs located at each corner of the chamber. These connect to skid support points
4-8. Air Supplies and Exhaust. Remove plastic pipe plugs and tape. Connect air supply with S-fitting. Connection is
a male (external) 1 1/16-inch - 17 threads per inch, submarine thread. Remove packing materials, polyethylene, and
tape from exhaust ports.
4-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-1. End View.
4-3
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-2. Elevation View.
4-4
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
4-9. Oxygen Supply. Remove plastic pipe plug from the High Pressure Oxygen Supply fitting on the right hand side of
chamber console. Retain plug for sealing system when not in service. Connection is female 1/2-inch, National Pipe
Thread (N.P.T.). Care should be exercised to not contaminate the oxygen system with oil or other hydrocarbons.
4-10. Oxygen System Prework Checks.
Prior to start of work on any component of the oxygen breathing system ensure that:
a. The external surface of the component parts of the oxygen system and the adjacent area are free from dust, dirt,
and all hydrocarbon contamination.
b. The tools used to work on O2 systems are maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all
hydrocarbon contamination Do not lend or use these tools for any other purpose.
c. The oxygen system is open and exposed to any possible contamination for as little time as possible.
d. The component replacement parts have been maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all
hydrocarbon contamination.
e. An adequate supply of clean plastic bags and bag ties approved for this purpose are readily available.
f. All personnel involved in the maintenance of these O2 breathing systems are properly trained in maintaining O2
clean conditions.
During work on any component of the oxygen breathing system ensure that:
a. Plastic bags, pipe (tubing) caps and/or plugs are NOT removed from any component UNTIL immediately ready
to install that particular component or ready to make that particular connection. (See step c. above.)
b. All pipe (tubing) caps and/or plugs are retained sealed in plastic bags for future use Do not reuse plastic bags.
c. Care is taken not to bend or crimp tubing. Damaged tubing must be repaired or replaced
d. Teflon thread sealing tape is used on external threads to prevent leaks and ensure tight connection.
e. Components and tubing connections are properly aligned before connection is made to prevent cross-threading.
Start nuts on threads several turns by hand before using wrench.
4-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
f. All exposed pipe, tube, or hose open ends are double bagged, plugged or capped off as soon as components are
disconnected, whether the parts are to remain on the chamber or stored away for future use.
g. All component parts with mounting hardware are placed in double bags and sealed as soon as possible after the
component is removed.
After working on any component of the oxygen breathing system ensure that:
a. All tools are picked up, cleaned, and properly stored away.
b. All materials (bits of teflon tape, etc.) have been removed from the work area.
c. Leak test using nonionic soap solution is performed and all leaks detected are repaired.
d. All serviceable components are tagged, double bagged, sealed and stored in a clean area.
e. All components are inspected for cleanliness and cleaned if necessary.
Air/Oxygen Systems.
Refer to cleaning procedures for
f. All repairable but non serviceable components are tagged, double bagged, sealed and turned in for repair.
g. All non repairable components have been properly and expediently disposed off.
4-11. Chamber Doors (I/L and O/L).
CAUTION
Travel bars should only be used during transportation of the unit.
The chamber doors are secured in the closed position with an aluminum travel bar (channel section), which is held with a
winged bolt. During operation of the unit, secure channels to the skid base using the winged bolt.
4-12. Primary Communications Systems. The communication unit is mounted on the electrical control panel. Plug in
the power cord to the six plug power strip (SPRPM) located on the bottom of the electrical control panel.
4-13. Secondary Communication System. The sound powered telephones are packed inside the I/L. Unpack and
mount into their respective holders. The phone headsets are provided with cable jacks and require only to be plugged in
at each station.
4-14. Oxygen Breathing Masks. The chamber is provided with six 02 breathing masks, packed separately inside the
chamber. The masks plug into the oxygen manifold built in breathing system (BIBS) located in both the I/L and O/L.
Supply connection are 1/8-inch N.P.T. and outlet connections are 3/8-inch N.P.T. Chambers are equipped with quickdisconnect type couplings.
4-15. Internal Hardware. All other hardware mounted inside the chamber is fully assembled and installed prior to
shipment. A careful visual examination should be made of the hardware at this time. Also a check should be conducted
to ensure all packing materials have been removed
4-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-16. Electrical Connections.
a. 110 Volt Power Cable. Connect GFI power cables to 110 VAC, 20 Amp, 60 Hertz external power source.
Connect the SPRPM directly to the GFI. Connect the following components to the power strip:
(1) Hyperbolic Light Assembly Power Supply.
(2) Direct Current Power Supply.
(3) Oxygen Analyzer.
(4) Communications Box
(5) Digital Thermometer.
(6) Overhead panel fluorescent light.
b. 220 VAC Power Cable and 110 VAC. Connect the 220 VAC, 20 Amp, and, if applicable, the 110 VAC, 20 Amp
power cables to the heater/chiller module.
Section III. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
Paragraph
4-17
4-18
Page
General.........................................................................................................................................4-7
PMCS Procedures ........................................................................................................................4-7
4-17. General. To ensure that the 3-Person Recompression Chamber is always ready for operation, it must be inspected
so that any defects can be discovered and corrected before they result in damage or failure. Regular inspection will
ensure the 3-Person Recompression Chamber is fully operational and reliable.
a. Weekly (W) PMCS shall be performed once each week.
b. Monthly (M) PMCS shall be performed once each month.
c. Yearly (Y) PMCS shall be performed once each year.
d. If Your Equipment Fails to Operate. Troubleshoot with proper equipment. Report deficiencies using the proper
forms See DA PAM 738-750.
4-18. Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Procedures. Table 4-1 describes preventive maintenance
required for the 3-Person Recompression chamber. Table 4-1 consists of five columns, containing the following
a. Item Number. Checks and services are numbered in order of performance. These numbers will be used in the
TM Number Column on DA Form 2404 (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet) when recording results of
preventive maintenance checks and services.
b. Interval. The columns headed W, M, and Y contain dots (•) opposite the proper checks.
4-7
TM 5-4220-227-14
c. Items To Be Inspected. Items listed in this column are identified by their common names.
d. Procedures. This column contains all information required to accomplish checks and services.
WARNING
Clothing containing oil, grease, or volatile substances of any kind shall not be worn or used in chamber.
Matches, cigarette lighters, lighted cigarettes, cigars, pipes, or flame shall not be carried into chamber at
any time.
Do not use trichloroethylene or methyl chloroform in cleaning operations associated with any
recompression chamber. Use of either chemical can result in death when operators are exposed to these
contaminates under pressure. These contaminates are not water soluble. If contamination or suspected
contamination occurs, immediately discontinue all chamber operations and notify the Army Diving liaison
at the Naval Experimental Diving Unit, Panama City, FL 32407-5001, autovon 436-4351/commercial (903)
234-4351. The only acceptable cleaning agents are trisodium phosphate, or nonionic soaps.
W - Weekly
Table 4-1 Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).
M- Monthly
Y - Yearly
Interval
Item
No.
1
Item to be Inspected.
W
*
M
Procedures
Y
Outer Lock Door
Inspect preformed packing seals for nicks, cuts
and lubrication.
*
2
*
Remove preformed packing, clean seat in door,
relubricate and install.
Inner Lock Door
Inspect preformed packing seal for nicks, cuts and
lubrication.
*
3
*
Remove preformed packing, clean seat in door,
relubricate and install.
Medical Lock Inner Door
Inspect preformed packing seal for nicks, cuts and
lubrication.
*
Remove preformed packing, clean seat in door,
relubricate and install.
4-8
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (Cont).
W - Weekly
M- Monthly
Y - Yearly
Interval
Item
No.
4
Item to be Inspected.
W
*
M
Procedures
Y
Medical Lock Outer Door
*
Inspect preformed packing seal for nicks, cuts and
lubrication.
Remove preformed packing, clean seat in door,
relubricate and install.
5
*
Chamber Lights
Check lights for proper operation. If lights are
inoperative, refer to para. 4-41.
6
*
Communication
Check inner and outer lock headsets for proper operation.
If headset is inoperative, refer to para. 4-46.
7
*
Sound Powered Phones
Push button and check phone for proper operation.
If phones are inoperative, refer to para. 4-47.
8
*
Oxygen Analyzer
Place RANGE switch to BAT TEST and observe
meter. If needle is not in battery limit area,
recharge or replace.
9
*
Heater/Chiller Unit and Scrubber
Assembly Blowers
Check that all power indicator lights function and
both units are circulating air.
10
*
Recompression Chamber
Inspect inside and outside of chamber after
extended operation and clean per para. 4-56.
Conduct pressure test on chamber per FM 20-11-1.
11
*
Valves, Air Supply and Exhaust,
Inner and Outer Locks
Pressurize inner and outer locks to 20 feet of sea
water and operate inner and outer lock valves.
Inspect valves for leaks and that valves turn easily.
Lubricate if necessary.
12
*
Deck Plates
Inspect deck plates for corrosion. Clean, refer to para. 4-27.
13
*
Oxygen Mask
Inspect and service mask. Refer to para. 4-50.
14
*
Dual Hoses
Inspect for cuts, nicks and cracks and replace if damaged.
4-9
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (Cont).
W - Weekly
M- Monthly
Y - Yearly
Interval
Item
No.
Item to be Inspected.
W
M
Procedures
Y
15
*
High Pressure Hoses
Inspect for cuts, nicks and cracks and replace if
damaged.
16
*
Heater/Chiller Unit
Inspect fins for cracks, dirt and grease. If unit is
inoperative, refer to para. 5-13.
17
*
Scrubber Assembly
Inspect canister for clogged holes and damage.
If canister is inoperative, refer to para. 5-13.
18
*
View Port Assembly
Inspect retaining bolts for proper torque. Refer to
Appendix F, torque limits.
19
*
Shell Penetrates
Inspect retaining bolts for proper torque. Refer to
Appendix F, torque limits.
20
*
Gages
Check for calibration dates on pressure relief valve
and all pressure gages on chamber inside and out.
Refer to para. 6-6.
21
*
Cots
Inspect for attachment of cotter pin and chain.
Inspect for attachment of grounding strip. Refer to
paragraph 4-26.
22
*
GFI
Press TEST button to test. Circuit breaker should
trip. Reset to up position (ON).
23
*
Medical Lock Assembly
Check for proper operation of door and locking
pin assembly.
24
*
Skid
Check for corrosion and loose bolts.
25
*
Air System (Hoses, Gages,
Penetrators, Pipe Fittings,
Valves)
Check for leaks. Apply soapy solution to all
connections and fittings and check for bubbles at
full operating pressure.
4-10
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-19. Service of Door Seals.
a. Chamber Inner and Outer Lock Doors. (figure 4-3)
NOTE
Procedure is the same for both doors.
(1) Open door (1) and gently pry preformed packing (2) from door seat (3).
(2) Replace preformed packing if severely nicked or cut.
(3) Lubricate preformed packing to be installed using halocarbon grease (Appendix E, Item 13).
(4) Install preformed packing (2) in door seat (3) and close door (1). Door should close and lock easily.
Figure 4-3. Service of Chamber Inner and Outer Door Seals.
b. Medical Lock Outer Door. (figure 4-4)
(1) Open door (1) and gently pry preformed packing (2), seal ring (3) and second preformed packing (4) from
seat in medical lock door frame assembly (5).
NOTE
Twelve springs (6) are loose in door seal when packing is removed.
4-11
TM 5-4220-227-14
(2) Replace preformed packings and seal ring if severely nicked or cut
(3) Lubricate preformed packing to be installed using halocarbon grease (Appendix E, Item 13).
(4) Replace spring (6) if removed, preformed packing (4), seal ring (3) and second preformed packing (2).
(5) Close door (1) and lock. Check to see that it operates and locks smoothly.
Figure 4-4. Service of Medical Lock Outer Door Seals.
d. Medical Lock Inner Door. (figure 4-5)
(1) Open door (1) and gently pry preformed packing (2) from door seat (3).
(2) Replace preformed packing If severely nicked or cut.
(3)
Lubricate preformed packing to be installed using halocarbon grease (Appendix E, Item 13).
(4) Install preformed packing (2) in door seat (3) and close door (1). Door should close and lock easily.
4-12
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-5. Service of Medical Lock Inner Door Seals.
Section IV. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Paragraph
4-20
4-21
Page
General ........................................................................................................................................4-13
Unit Troubleshooting Procedures ..................................................................................................4-13
4-20. General. This section contains troubleshooting procedures to determine the probable cause of observed
equipment malfunctions. Test or inspections are provided to isolate the faulty component and corrective actions are
provided to eliminate the malfunction.
4-21. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures. Refer to symptom index to locate the troubleshooting procedures for the
observed malfunction. Table 4-2 lists the common malfunctions that may occur during the operation or maintenance of
the recompression chamber. Perform the tests or inspections, and the recommended corrective action in the order listed
in the troubleshooting table. If the malfunction is corrected by a specific corrective action, do not continue with the
remaining steps, if any, of the troubleshooting procedures. If the malfunction is not corrected by the listed corrective
actions, notify your supervisor.
4-13
TM 5-4220-227-14
SYMPTOM INDEX
Symptom
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Page
Recompression chamber inner lock (I/L) fails to pressurize ....................................................................4-14
Recompression chamber slowly loses air pressure ................................................................................4-16
Recompression chamber over pressurizes ............................................................................................4-16
Digital temperature gage fails to come on or indicates fault readings .....................................................4-16
Communications system fails to function ...............................................................................................4-17
Oxygen (O2) analyzer fails to function ...................................................................................................4-17
Total electrical power failure ..................................................................................................................4-17
Heater/chiller or scrubber fail to operate ................................................................................................4-19
Heater/chiller fails to operate ..................................................................................................................4-19
Chamber lights fail to illuminate..............................................................................................................4-20
Depth gage indicates faulty pressure readings .......................................................................................4-20
NOTE
Prior to performing troubleshooting, assure that all electrical components are plugged into the power strip
and the power strip circuit breaker is not tripped. Check that power strip is plugged into the GFI and the
GFI is not tripped.
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures.
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER INNER LOCK (I/L) FAILS TO PRESSURIZE.
Step 1. Check primary inner lock depth gage, and isolator valve. Valve may be in off position
blocking pressure to the gage
Open primary II/L depth gage isolator valve.
Step 2. Check secondary I/L depth gage isolator valve. Valve may be in off position blocking
pressure to the gage.
Open secondary I/L depth gage isolator.
Step 3. Instruct tender inside I/L to inspect I/L door and door seal. An obstruction in doorway may
prevent the door from closing and forming a seal.
Instruct tender to remove the obstruction from the doorway and to close and hold
the door shut until pressure build-up of 0.5 FSW inside the I/L forces the door
seal to hold
4-14
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER INNER LOCK (I/L) FAILS TO PRESSURIZE (Cont).
Step 4. Instruct tender to inspect the 02 BIBS manifold in both the I/L and O/L O2 masks may be
missing and O2 BIBS manifold connectors may not be plugged.
Connect O2 masks to BIBS manifold or plug BIBS manifold connectors.
Step 5. Instruct tender to inspect M/L inner door and door seal. An obstruction in doorway may
prevent the door from closing and forming a seal and the M/L pressurization valve may be
open.
Instruct the tender to close the M/L pressurization valve and/or remove
obstruction from M/L doorway holding closed until pressure build-up of .5 FSW
in the inner lock forces the door to seal.
Step 6. Check ELP-007 I/L primary and ELP-008 secondary air exhaust valves.
These valves may be open or they are malfunctioning. Close I/L primary and
secondary valves. Replace malfunctioning valves.
Step 7. Check ALP-002 primary and ALP-001 secondary chamber air manifold supply valves.
These
valves may be closed or malfunctioning.
Open primary and secondary chamber air manifold supply valves. These valves
may be closed or malfunctioning.
Step 8. Check AGA-003, the chamber manifold pressure gage. When the air supply manifold is fully
pressurized and the gage is functioning properly, the gage should indicate 200 PSIG
maximum manifold pressure.
If the gage indicates 0 PSIG manifold pressure proceed to next step. Replace the
air supply manifold pressure gage if it is malfunctioning.
Step 9. Refer to the appropriate technical manuals for the associated items of equipment to restore
an adequate air supply to the air supply manifold. Then, pressurize the I/L locks to 40 PSIG
(92 FSW) and leak test the chamber using a nonionic soap and soft bristle brush on all
fittings, preformed packings, and joints.
Report all leaks to GS Chamber air pressure should not drop lower than
145 FSW (65 PSIG) after it has been pressurized to 1 65 FSW (73.4 PSIG) and
held for one hour.
Step 10 Repeat steps 1 thru 9 to troubleshoot the O/L.
4-15
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
2. RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER SLOWLY LOSES AIR PRESSURE.
NOTE
This procedures requires two persons.
Step 1. Systematically open and close ELP-011, ELP-012, the O/L primary and secondary exhaust
valves, ELP-007, ELP-008, the I/L primary and secondary exhaust valves, and ALP-045 the
M/L pressurizing valve while observing the depth gages to indicate which valve is leaking.
Operate valves from full open to full closed position several times to dislodge any
foreign matter that may be in valve body. If valves still malfunction, notify Direct
Support Maintenance.
Step 2. Inspect for loss of air through the chamber penetrators, door seals, etc.
Maintain chamber depth and notify proper level of maintenance.
3. RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER OVER PRESSURIZES.
Step 1. Insure that ALP-005, ALP-006, the I/L and ALP-009, ALP-010, O/L primary and
Secondary air supply valves are closed.
Open the primary exhaust valves. Adjust the valves to maintain the desired depth
and flow rate.
Step 2. Check digital temperature gage over a span of 15 minutes for temperature variation. A
sharp increase in temperature will cause an increase in chamber pressure.
Vent pressure as directed in step 1 Energize and regulate heater/chiller system.
4. DIGITAL TEMPERATURE GAGE FAILS TO COME ON OR INDICATES FAULT READINGS.
Step 1. Ensure that the power strip is energized and the temperature gage is plugged in. Reset
power strip circuit breaker if necessary.
If gage is still malfunctioning, proceed to next step.
4-16
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4. DIGITAL TEMPERATURE GAGE FAILS TO COME ON OR INDICATES FAULT READINGS (Cont).
Step 2. Disconnect the temperature probe wires from the temperature probe (in chamber).
Temperature gage reading should cycle up to display EEE (error reading).
Replace probe and lead wires if cracked or insulation is dried out. If gage still
malfunctions, report fault to Direct Support Maintenance.
5. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM FAILS TO FUNCTION.
Step 1. No communication with either lock.
Check power to power strip. Ensure that communication box is plugged into
power strip. Check communication box fuses. If no power, replace box. If
power, go to next step.
NOTE
To gain access to fuses, raise cover lid and remove top panel on communication box.
Step 2. Replace speakers.
6. OXYGEN (O2) ANALYZER FAILS TO FUNCTION.
Step 1. Set RANGE switch to BAT. TEST.
If reading is outside limits, replace batteries.
Step 2. Clean sensor cell contacts using pencil eraser
If malfunction continues, go to next step.
Step 3. Replace sensor cell.
If malfunction continues, notify Direct Support Maintenance of faulty analyzer.
7. TOTAL ELECTRICAL POWER FAILURE.
Step 1. Check external power source connection to the chamber Ground Fault Isolator (GFI).
The 110 VAC, 60 Hertz power source connection may be broken causing total chamber
electrical power failure.
Check that GFI TEST light is lit and RESET switch is in ON (up) position,
4-17
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
7. TOTAL ELECTRICAL POWER FAILURE (Cont).
WARNING
The GFI circuit breaker trips only when there is an electrical problem in the system. As a result there is a
danger of serious injury or death. Immediately troubleshoot the electrical system to locate the problem,
then push the reset switch.
Step 2. Check GFI. The GFI is the main circuit breaker for the recompression chamber. Total
power failure results when it is tripped
Disconnect the chamber console overhead fluorescent light and the GFI extension power strip. Push GFI RESET switch and observe GFI indicator light to
ensure that the GFI is receiving electrical power from the external power source.
To ensure the proper operation of the GFI, push the TEST switch. This should
trip the GFI circuit breaker. Set the RESET switch to up position again before
going on to next step.
Step 3. Reconnect chamber console fluorescent light to the GFI. The fluorescent light circuit may
be shorted out. If the fluorescent tube illuminates, go on to next step. If it does not check
GFI circuit breaker. The GFI circuit breaker may have tripped by the act of plugging in
the fluorescent light receptacle plug.
If this is the case, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
Step 4. Disconnect all circuits connected to the GFI power strip and reconnect the power strip to the
GFI. Move the rocker switch on the power strip to ON position. Observe that indicator light
in rocker switch glows. This shows that the circuit is energized. If indicator light glows,
proceed to next step. If indicator light does not glow, the GFI circuit breaker may have
tripped, indicating that the fault lies in the power strip, wiring, or receptacle plug.
In that case, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
Step 5. After ensuring that the power strip circuit breaker has not tripped, reconnect each of the five
circuits that were disconnected from the GFI power strip in step 4. While reconnecting each
circuit, observe which circuit trips the GFI circuit breaker. This will isolate the faulty circuit.
Troubleshoot the circuit(s) which caused the power strip reset switch to trip or the
GFI circuit breaker to trip.
4-18
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
8. HEATER/CHILLER OR SCRUBBER FAIL TO OPERATE.
Step 1. Check fuse on panel.
Replace blown fuse.
Step 2. Place scrubber switch on panel to ON. Scrubber fan should rotate. Place heater/chiller
switch on panel to ON. Heater/chiller fan should rotate.
If either scrubber or heater/chiller fails to operate, notify Direct Support
Maintenance.
Step 3. Both scrubber and heater/chiller fail to operate.
DC power is faulty. Notify Direct Support Maintenance.
9. HEATER/CHILLER FAILS TO OPERATE.
Step 1. Inspect fluid output, check valve. It may be stuck in the closed position causing low output
pressure.
Refer to General Support Maintenance.
NOTE
For additional information, see figure 6-16 Heater/Chiller Module Flow Diagram.
Step 2. Inspect valves at the chamber penetrator. They may be closed or partly closed causing low
output pressure
Open valves.
Step 3. Inspect fluid level in reservoir. It may be low and causing low output pressure.
Add fluid.
Step 4. Inspect pump fuse. It may be blown, interrupting electrical power to the pump.
Replace fuse.
4-19
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
10. CHAMBER LIGHTS FAIL TO ILLUMINATE.
Step 1. Ensure that chamber lights are plugged into power strip.
Plug in if unplugged.
Step 2. Check fuses on the light power source.
Replace blown fuses.
Step 3. Listen for sound of fan on light source.
a. If sound is heard, but there is no light, replace bulb.
b. If no fan is heard, replace light source.
c.
If problem persists, notify Direct Support Maintenance.
11. DEPTH GAGE INDICATES FAULTY PRESSURE READINGS.
Step 1. Check ALP-013, ALP-015 and ALP-016the depth gage isolator valves. These valves may
be closed or malfunctioning.
Operate from full closed to full open several times. If valve is still malfunctioning,
notify Direct Support Maintenance.
Step 2. Equalize pressure in the I/L and O/L. All I/L and O/L depth gages (AGA-020, AGA-021,
AGA-017, AGA-018, AND AGA-019) should indicate the same pressure. Cross-check all
the gage indications to locate the faulty gage.
Replace the faulty gage.
4-20
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section V. UNIT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Paragraph
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
4-40
4-41
4-42
4-43
4-44
4-45
4-46
4-47
4-48
4-49
4-50
Page
General ........................................................................................................................................4-21
Soap Test ....................................................................................................................................4-21
Depressurization Valve and Gage (Medical Lock) ........................................................................4-22
Pressurization Valve (Inner Lock Door) ........................................................................................4-24
Cot Assemblies (I/L) .....................................................................................................................4-26
Deck Plates ..................................................................................................................................4-28
Heater/Chiller Module ..................................................................................................................4-30
Pressure Relief Valve Assembly ..................................................................................................4-32
Water Valves (3/4 in.) ..................................................................................................................4-34
Hoses ...........................................................................................................................................4-38
Power Supply, 28V .......................................................................................................................4-40
Scrubber Assembly ......................................................................................................................4-42
Portable Oxygen Analyzer (POA) .................................................................................................4-44
Thermocouple Meter and Temperature Probe ..............................................................................4-46
Ground Fault Interrupter ...............................................................................................................4-48
Six Plug Receptacle Power Strip ..................................................................................................4-50
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) .......................................................................................4-52
Light Source .................................................................................................................................4-56
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) . ......................................................................................4-60
Fluorescent Light Assembly .........................................................................................................4-64
Wiring Harness .............................................................................................................................4-68
Communicator Assembly .............................................................................................................4-70
Battery Card and Case ..................................................................................................................4-72
Microphone ..................................................................................................................................4-74
Headset .......................................................................................................................................4-76
Sound Powered Phones and Brackets ..........................................................................................4-78
Speakers I/L and O/L ...................................................................................................................4-80
O2 K Bottles and Manifold ............................................................................................................4-82
Oxygen Inhalator Mask Assembly ................................................................................................4-84
4-22. General. This section contains unit level maintenance procedures as authorized by the maintenance allocation
chart in Appendix B of this manual.
4-23. Soap Test.
leakage.
Whenever replaced, all gages, valves, pipe fittings and similar components shall be tested for
a. Brush soapy water solution over joint or fitting.
b. Apply normal operating pressure and inspect for soap bubbles.
c. If soap bubbles appear, remove pressure and tighten joint or fitting.
d. Retest with soapy water solution.
4-21
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-24. Depressurization Valve and Gage (Medical Lock).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Valve
Pressure Gage
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 4-6)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
(1) Remove silencer (1) from fitting (2).
(2) Remove fitting (2) from valve (3).
(3) Remove valve (3) from tee fitting (4).
(4) Remove gage (5) from tee fitting (4).
(5) Remove tee fitting (4) from chamber.
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will hang down
inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not
loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent
possible injury or death to the diver.
(6) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(7) Install tee fitting (4) on chamber.
4-22
TM 5-4220-227-14
(8) Install gage (5) on tee fitting (4).
(9) Install valve (3) on tee fitting (4).
(10) Install fitting (2) on valve (3).
(11) Install silencer (1) on fitting (2).
Figure 4-6. Depressurization Valve and Gage, Replace.
4-23
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-25. Pressurization Valve (Inner Lock Door)
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Depressurization Valve
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 4-7)
(1) Remove pressurization valve (1) from inner lock door (2).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(2) Apply teflon tape to threads of valve (1) and install on inner lock door (2).
4-24
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-7. Pressurization Valve (Inner Lock Door), Replace.
4-25
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-26. Cot Assemblies (I/L).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Cot Assemblies
Replace. (figure 4-8)
NOTE
There are two cot assemblies in the chamber. Replacement of each is the same.
(1) Remove two hinge pins (1) securing cot supports (2) to support angles (3).
(2) Remove bolt (4) and ground strap (5).
(3) Remove three bolts (6) and two clamps (7) and remove cot assembly (8).
(4) While holding cot assembly (8) in place, install two clamps (7) and secure with three bolts (6).
(5) Install bolt (4) and ground strap (5).
(6) Install two hinge pins (1) securing cot supports (2) to support angles (3).
4-26
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-8. Cot Assemblies, Replace.
4-27
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-27. Deck Plates
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Deck Plate I/L
Deck Plate O/L
Replace. (figure 4-9)
(1) Remove four screws (1) and remove O/L deck plate (2).
(2) Remove six screws (3) and remove I/L deck plate (4).
(3) Remove two screws (5) and remove I/L deck plate (6).
(4) Install I/L deck plate (6) and secure with two screws (5).
(5) Install I/L deck plate (4) and secure with six screws (3).
(6) Install O/L deck plate (2) and secure with four screws (1).
4-28
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-9. Deck Plates, Replace.
4-29
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-28. Heater/Chiller Module.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Heater/Chiller Module
Propylene Glycol (Item 10, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 4-10)
(1) Move heater/chiller switch (1) on heater/chiller module (2) to OFF position and disconnect power cord (3) from
220 Vac electrical power source.
(2) Close water valve (4) and return valve (5).
(3) Loosen fitting nut (6) and remove supply hose (7) from elbow (8) and drain fluid into suitable container.
(4) Loosen fitting nut (9) and remove return hose (10) from elbow (11) and drain fluid into suitable container.
(5) Remove the heater/chiller module.
(6) Place heater/chiller module (3) next to chamber heater/chiller penetrator.
(7) Install return hose (10) on elbow (11) and tighten fitting nut (9).
(8) Install supply hose (7) on elbow (8) and tighten fitting nut (6).
(9) Add propylene glycol/water mixture 25% to 75% to reservoir (12) if necessary, to replace fluid lost during
removal procedure.
(10) Open water return valve (5) and supply valve (4).
(11) Connect power cord (3) on heater/chiller module (2) to 220 Vac electrical power source.
(12) Move heater/chiller switch (1) to ON position, allowing compressor and fluid pump to build up pressure.
CAUTION
If hoses are removed from unit, the system must be bled down. Loosen connector on outlet hose (7).
Bleed air, then tighten. Refill reservoir (12).
(13) Check connections for fluid leaks.
Change 1
4-30
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-10. Heater/Chiller Module, Replace.
4-31
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-29. Pressure Relief Valve Assembly
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Grease, Halocarbon (Item 13, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Pressure Relief Valve Assembly
Preformed Packing
Leak Test Compound (Item 7, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 4-11)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
(1) Remove four nuts (1), lockwashers (2), and bolts (3).
(2) Remove pressure relief valve assembly (4) and preformed packing (5).
(3) Lubricate preformed packing (5) and place in groove in flange (6).
(4) Install pressure relief valve assembly (4) on flange (6) and secure with four bolts (3), lockwashers (2), and nuts
(1).
(5) Pressurize system, and using test compound, check for leaks.
4-32
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-11. Pressure Relief Valve Assembly, Replace.
4-33
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-30. Water Valves (3/4 in.).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item, 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Valve
Repair Kit
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
a.
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 4-12)
NOTE
There are two heater/chiller fluid valves. The replacement of the supply valve or return valve is the same.
(1) Position valve (1) to the closed position and ensure that the heater/chiller module electrical power switch is in the
OFF position.
(2) Loosen fitting nut (2) and remove line (3).
(3) Keep the open end of fluid hose elevated above the level of heater/chiller module to prevent draining the system.
(4) Remove elbow (4) from valve (1).
(5) Remove valve (1) from nipple (5).
4-34
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-12. Water Valves (3/4 In.), Replace.
4-35
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-30. Water Valves (3/4 in.) (Cont).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(6) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(7) Install valve (1) on nipple (5).
(8) Install elbow (4) on valve (1).
(9) Install line (3) and tighten fitting nut (2).
(10) Open valve (1) and start up heater/chiller module to pressure check the system.
b. Repair. (figure 4-13)
(1) Remove heater/chiller fluid valve, see para. a. above.
(2) Remove nut (1), stem spring (2), plate (3), stop plate (4), handle (5), and spring (6).
(3) Remove nut (7), two stem springs (8), gland (9), packing support (10), top packing (11), and bottom packing (12).
(4) Remove eight nuts (13), four stud bolts (14), and two flanges (15) from body (16).
(5) Remove two preformed packings (17), seat springs (18), seats (19), support rings (20) and ball (21) from body
(16).
(6) Remove stem (22), and two stem bearings (23) from body (16).
(7) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(8) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(9) Install two stem bearings (23) on stem (22) and install stem into body (16).
(10) Install ball (21), two support rings (20), seats (19), seat springs (18), and preformed packings (17) in body (16).
(11) Install two flanges (15) on body (16) and secure with four stud bolts (14) and eight nuts (13).
(12) Install bottom packing (12), top packing (11), packing support (10), glands (9), two stem springs (8), and nut (7).
(13) Install spring (6), handle (5), stop plate (4), plate (3), stem spring (2), and nut (1).
(14) Install heater/chiller fluid valve, see para. a above.
4-36
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-13. Heater/Chiller Fluid Valves Repair.
4-37
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-31. Hoses.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
5-Gallon Container
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Hoses (Supply and Return Line)
Ethylene Glycol (Item 10, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 4-14)
(1) Move heater/chiller switch (1) on the heater/chiller module (2) to OFF position and disconnect power cord (3)
from the 220 Vac electrical power source.
(2) Close heater/chiller fluid supply valve (4) and return valve (5).
(3) Loosen fitting nut (6) and remove heater/chiller fluid supply hose (7) from elbow fitting (8) and drain fluid into
suitable container.
(4) Loosen fitting nut (9) and remove supply hose (7) from supply hose connection (10) on heater/chiller module (2).
(5) Loosen fitting nut (11) and remove heater/chiller fluid return hose (12) from elbow fitting (13) and drain fluid into
suitable container.
(6) Loosen fitting nut (14) and remove return hose (12) from return hose connection (15) on heater/chiller module
(2).
(7) Install return hose (12) on return hose connection (15) and tighten fitting nut (14).
(8) Install return hose (12) on elbow fitting (13) and tighten fitting nut (11).
(9) Install supply hose (7) on supply hose connection (10) and tighten fitting nut (9).
(10) Install supply hose (7) on elbow fitting (8) and tighten fitting nut (6).
(11) Add ethylene glycol/water mixture 25% to 75% to reservoir (16), if necessary, to replace fluid lost during removal
procedure.
(12) Open heater/chiller fluid supply valve (4) and return valve (5).
(13) Connect power cord (3) on heater/chiller module (2) to 220 Vac electrical power source.
4-38
TM 5-4220-227-14
(14) Move heater/chiller switch (1) to the ON position, allowing compressor and fluid pump to build up pressure.
(15) Check connections for fluid leaks.
Figure 4-14. Hoses, Replace.
4-39
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-32. Power Supply, 28V
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Single light power source removed (para. 4-40).
Communicator assembly removed (para. 4-43).
Portable oxygen analyzer removed (para. 4-34).
Thermocouple meter and temperature probe removed
(para. 4-35).
Materials/Parts
Power Supply
Personnel Required:
Equipment Condition
Two
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Double Light power source removed (para. 4-38)
Replace. (figure 4-15)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3), and pins (4).
(2) Remove electrical plug (5) from six plug receptacle power module (6).
(3) Remove ten nuts (7), lockwashers (8), and screws (9) and pull control panel cover (10) out far enough to reach
power supply (11).
(4) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (12) from switches (13) and fuse (14).
(5) Remove electrical control panel cover (10).
(6) Tag and disconnect electrical lead (15) from terminal board (16) on power supply (11).
(7) Remove four screws (17) and remove power supply (11).
(8) Install power supply (11) and secure with four screws (17).
(9) Connect electrical leads (15) to terminal board (16) on power supply (11).
(10) Hold control panel
(11) Install electrical control panel cover (10) and secure with ten screws (9), lockwashers (8), and nuts (7).
(12) Install electrical plug (5) into six plug receptacle power module (6).
(13) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2), and secure with two latches.
4-40
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-15. Power Supply, 28V, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1) Install double light power source (para. 4-38).
(2) Install single light power source (para. 4-40).
(3) Install communication Assembly (para 4-43).
(4) Install portable oxygen analyzer (para. 4-34).
(5) Install thermocouple meter and temperature probe (para. 4-35).
4-41
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-33. Scrubber Assembly.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Heater/chiller unit removed (para. 4-28).
Materials/Parts
Scrubber Assembly
Bag, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Band, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 4-16)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1) and remove scrubber canister (2) and gasket (3).
(2) Disconnect electrical lead (4).
(3) Remove four bolts (5) and washers (6) that secures adapter plate (7) to bracket (8) and remove adapter plate.
(4) Remove four nuts (9) and lockwashers (10) and remove scrubber assembly (11) and bushings (12).
(5) Install scrubber assembly (11 ) and four bushings (12) on adapter plate (8) and secure with four lockwashers (10)
and nuts (9).
(6) Install adapter plate (7) on bracket (8) and secure with four bolts (5) and washers (6).
(7) Connect electrical lead (4).
(8) Install gasket (3) and scrubber canister (2) on scrubber assembly (11) and secure with two latches (1).
(9) Check operation of scrubber fan.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install heater/chiller unit (para. 4-28).
4-42
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-16. Scrubber Assembly, Replace.
4-43
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-34. Portable Oxygen Analyzer (POA).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Portable Oxygen Analyzer
Replace. (figure 4-17)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2) and install two supports (3), and pins (4).
(2) Disconnect portable oxygen analyzer electrical power cable (5) from the power strip (6).
(3) Using handle, pull oxygen analyzer (7) out of control panel (8) far enough to set it down on chamber shelf.
(4) Remove electrical cable (5) from panel (8).
(5) Remove rubber grommet (9) from hole in side panel of control panel (8).
(6) Slide probe assembly (10) through hole in side panel, and install black protective cap (11) on probe assembly
(10).
(7) Remove analyzer (7) from control panel (8).
(8) Remove black protective cap (11) from probe assembly and slide probe assembly (10) through hole in side panel
(8).
(9) Install rubber grommet (9) in hole in side panel of control panel (8).
(10) Position analyzer close to opening in control panel (8).
(11) Route electrical power cable (5) through hole in panel (8).
(12) Slide analyzer (7) into control panel (8).
(13) Connect electrical power cable (5) to power strip (6).
(14) Remove two pin (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
4-44
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-17. Portable Oxygen Analyzer (POA), Replace.
4-45
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-35. Thermocoupler Meter and Temperature Probe.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Digital Thermocouple Meter
Temperature Probe
Replace. (figure 4-18)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4)
(2) Disconnect the power strip electrical plug (5) from the GFI (6).
(3) Loosen two cross head screws (7) and carefully pull off plastic face plate (8).
(4) Pull digital thermocouple meter (9) out of electrical control panel (10) far enough to provide access to the
electrical leads (11) connected to the back of the meter.
(4) Tag and remove electrical leads (11) and remove meter (9).
(5) Disconnect probe (12) from quick disconnect (13).
(6) Install temperature probe (12) into quick disconnect (13).
(7) Connect electrical leads (11) to meter (9) and remove tags.
(8) Install meter into electrical control panel (10).
(9) Install plastic face plate (8) and secure with two cross head screws (7)
(10) Connect power strip electrical plug (5) to the GFI (6).
(11) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
4-46
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-18. Thermocoupler Meter and Temperature Probe, Replace.
4-47
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-36. Ground Fault Interrupter.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Ground Fault Interrupter
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 4-19)
(1) Disconnect external power source (1) from GFI (2).
(2) Disconnect the power strip electrical plug (3) from GFI (2).
(3) Disconnect the fluorescent electrical plug (4) from GFI (2).
(4) Using GFI lifting handle (5) remove GFI from holding bracket (6).
(5) Using GFI lifting handle (5), install GFI into holding bracket (6).
(6) Connect the fluorescent electrical plug (4) to GFI (2).
(7) Connect the power strip electrical plug (3) to GFI (2).
(8) Connect external power source (1) to GFI (2).
4-48
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-19. Ground Fault Interrupter, Replace.
4-49
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-37. Six Plug Receptacle Power Strip.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Power Strip
Replace. (figure 4-20)
(1) Disconnect the power strip electrical plug (1) from the GFI (2).
(2) Tag and disconnect all electrical plugs (3) from power strip (4).
(3) Remove two screws (5) and remove power strip (4).
(4) Install the power strip (4) and secure with two screws (5).
(5) Connect all electrical plugs (3) to power strip (4).
(6) Connect the power strip electrical plug (1) to the GFI (2).
4-50
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-20. Six Plug Receptacle Power Strip, Replace.
4-51
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-38. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Double Light Power Supply
Fuses
a. Replace. (figure 4-21)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Remove electrical plug (5) from six plug receptacle power strip (6).
(3) Remove two electrical connectors (7) from two light sources (8).
(4) Remove four screws (9) and remove double light power supply (10) from control panel (11).
(5) Install double light power supply (10) into control panel (11) and secure with four screws (9).
(6) Install two electrical connectors (7) on two light sources (8).
(7) Install electrical plug (5) into six plug receptacle power module (6).
(8) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
4-52
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-21. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock), Replace.
4-53
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-38. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) (Cont).
b. Repair (figure 4-22).
NOTE
There are three fuses. Replacement of each fuse is the same.
(1) Tag and disconnect electrical lead (1).
(2) Twist and remove fuse (2).
(3) Remove nut (3) and fuse holder (4).
(4) Install fuse holder (4) in cover (5) and secure with nut (3).
(5) Install fuse (2) and connect electrical lead (1).
4-54
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-22. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Fuse, Replace.
4-55
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-39. Light Source
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Light Source
Lamp
a. Replace. (figure 4-23)
NOTE
There are three light sources. Replacement of each light source is the same.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
NOTE
Each light source has its own ON/OFF switch.
(2) Move ON/OFF toggle switch (5) for the light to be replaced to the OFF position and turn RESET switch (6)
on GFI OFF (down).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (7) from the light source (8).
(4) Remove four bolts (9) and washers (10) and remove cover (11).
(5) Loosen nut (14) and pull light source (8) off of light probe (12).
(6) Loosen light probe fitting nut (13) and remove light probe (12).
(7) Install light probe (12) and tighten light probe fitting nut (13).
(8) Install light source (8) on light probe (12) and tighten nut (14).
(9) Install cover (11 ) and secure with four bolts (9) and washers (10).
(10) Connect electrical connector (7) to light source (8).
(11) Turn RESET switch (6) on GFI to ON (up) and move ON/OFF toggle switch (5) to ON position.
(12) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
4-56
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-23. Light Source, Replace.
4-57
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-39. Light Source (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 4-24)
(1) Remove light source cover (step 4, para. a. above).
(2) Remove four screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(3) Lift lamp ejector lever (3) away from lamp (4) and remove lamp.
(4) Install lamp (4) In socket (5) and snap lamp ejector lever (3) over body of lamp.
(5) Install cover (2) and secure with four screws (1).
(6) Install light source cover (step 9, para a. above).
4-58
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-24. Light Source, Repair.
4-59
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-40. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock).
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Single Light Power Supply
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Chamber shutdown (para. 2-15).
a. Replace. (figure 4-25)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Remove electrical plug (5) from six plug receptacle power strip (6).
(3) Remove electrical connector (7) from light source (8).
(4) Remove two screws (9) and remove single light power supply (10) from control panel (11).
(5) Install single light power supply (10) into control panel (11) and secure with two screws (9).
(6) Install electrical connector (7) on light source (8).
(7) Install electrical plug (5) into six plug receptacle power module (6).
(8) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
4-60
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-25. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock), Replace.
4-61
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-40. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 4-26)
(1) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(2) Twist and remove fuse (2).
(3) Remove nut (3) and fuse holder (4).
(4) Install fuse holder (4) in cover (5) and secure with nut (3).
(5) Install fuse (2) and connect electrical lead (1).
4-62
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-26. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Fuse, Replace.
4-63
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-40. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock).
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Fluorescent Light Assembly
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-free (Item 6, Appendix E)
a. Replace. (figure 4-27)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and in stall two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Remove electrical plug (5) from the GFI (6).
(3) Remove eleven screws (7) and remove light assembly (8) from housing (9).
(4) Remove four nuts (10), lockwashers (11), and screws (12) and remove housing (9) and light assembly (8).
(5) Position housing (9) on enclosure door (2) and secure with four screws (12), lockwashers (11), and nuts
(10).
(6) Install light assembly (8) into housing (9) and secure with eleven screws (7).
(7) Install electrical plug (5) into GFI (6).
(8) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
4-64
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-27. Fluorescent Light Assembly, Replace.
4-65
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-41. Fluorescent Light Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 4-28)
(1) Loosen three screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove three plastic washers (3), spacer (4), and gaskets (5) from screws (1).
(3) Remove tube (6) from light assembly (7) and remove clip (8) from tube.
(4) Inspect all components and replace all components that are damaged.
(5) Install clip (8) on tube (6) and install tube into light assembly (7).
(6) Install three gaskets (5) on screws (1) and install screws in cover (2), and install spacers (4) and plastic
washers (3).
(7) Install cover (2) on light assembly (7) and tighten screws (1).
4-66
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-28. Fluorescent Light Assembly, Repair.
4-67
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-42. Wiring Harness
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Fuse
Repair. (figure 4-29)
(1) Remove fuse holder (1) and cartridge fuse (2).
(2) Inspect for blown fuse.
(3) Install good fuse (2) and secure with fuse holder (1).
4-68
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-29. Wiring Harness, Fuse Replace.
4-69
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-43. Communicator Assembly
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Personnel Required
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Two
Materials/Parts
Communicator Assembly
Replace. (figure 4-30)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Disconnect communicator assembly electrical plug (5) from the power strip (6).
(3) Disconnect hand held MIC (7) from communicator assembly (8).
(4) Disconnect hand held MIC cables (9) from communicator assembly (8).
(5) Remove four screws (10) and pull communicator assembly (8) out far enough to provide access the back
of the assembly to disconnect electrical cable.
(6) Disconnect electrical cable (11) from J-6 connector.
(7) Remove communicator assembly (8) from control panel (12).
(8) Connect electrical cable (11) to J-6 connector.
(9) Install communicator assembly (8) into control panel (12) and secure with four screws (10).
(10) Connect hand held MIC cables (9) to communicator assembly (8).
(11) Connect hand held MIC to communicator assembly (8).
(12) Connect communicator assembly electrical plug (5) to power strip (6).
(13) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
4-70
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-30. Communicator Assembly, Replace.
4-71
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-44. Battery Card and Case
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Fuses
Repair. (figure 4-31)
NOTE
There are two fuses. Replacement of each fuse is the same.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Disconnect communicator assembly electrical plug (5) from the power strip (6).
NOTE
Fuses are accessible from open top of panel.
(3) Remove fuse cap (7) and fuse (8) from fuse holder (9).
(4) Inspect fuse to determine if it is blown.
(5) Install good fuse (8) and cap (7) on fuse holder (9).
(6) Connect communicator assembly electrical plug (5) to power strip (6).
(7) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
4-72
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-31. Battery Card and Case, Fuse Replacement.
4-73
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-45. Microphone
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Microphone
Replace. (figure 4-32)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Disconnect microphone cables (5) from chamber communicator assembly (6).
(3) Remove microphone (7) from bracket (8).
(4) Install microphone (7) from bracket (8).
(5) Connect microphone cables (5) on chamber communicator assembly (6).
(6) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2), and secure two latches (1).
4-74
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-32. Microphone, Replace.
4-75
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-46. Headset
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Headset
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 4-33)
NOTE
There are two headsets, one in the O/L and one in the I/L. Replacement of each headset is the same.
(1) Remove connector (1) from speaker (2) and remove headset (3).
(2) Install headset (3) by inserting connector (1) into speaker (2).
4-76
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-33. Headset, Replace.
4-77
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-47. Sound Powered Phones and Bracket
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15)
Materials/Parts
Sound Powered Phone
Bracket
Replace. (figure 4-34)
NOTE
There are two sound powered phones. One in the I/L and the other is mounted on the side of the control
panel. The replacement of each one is the same.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and install two supports (3) and two pins (4).
(2) Pull phone plug (5) from wall socket (6).
(3) Remove sound powered phone (7) from bracket (8).
(4) Remove two nuts (9), lockwashers (10), washers (11), and bolts (12) and remove bracket (8).
(5) Install bracket (8) and secure with two bolts (12), washers (11), lockwashers (10), and nuts (9).
(6) Hang sound powered phone (7) on bracket (8).
(7) Install phone plug (5) into wall socket (6).
(8) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
4-78
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-34. Sound Powered Phones and Bracket, Replace.
4-79
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-48. Speakers, I/L and O/L
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Speaker
Replace. (figure 4-35)
NOTE
There are two speakers, one in the O/L and one in the I/L. Replacement of the speaker is the same.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Set I/L and O/L speaker toggle switches (5) to OFF position.
(3) Disconnect electrical connector (6) from speaker (7).
(4) Remove two nuts (8), lockwashers (9), and screws (10) that secures speaker (7) to wall bracket (11) and
remove speaker
(5) Position speaker (7) on wall bracket (11) and secure with two screws (10), lockwashers (9), and nuts (8).
(6) Connect electrical connector (6) to speaker (7).
(7) Set I/L and O/L speakers toggle switches (5) to ON position and check operation of speaker, and set
volume control (12).
(8) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
4-80
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-35. Speakers, I/L and O/L, Replace.
4-81
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-49. O2K Bottles and Manifold
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Equipment
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Band, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 4-36)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
(1) Close six valves (1) on the six 02 bottles (2).
(2) Open ten valves (3) on manifold (4) and vent the manifold.
(3) Remove manifold (4) from chamber (5) by removing fitting (6) from chamber.
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(4) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(5) Install fitting (6) of manifold (4) on chamber (5).
(6) Close ten valves (3) on manifold (4).
(7) Open six valves (1) on the six 02 bottles (2).
4-82
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-36. 02 K Bottles and Manifold, Replace.
4-83
TM 5-4220-227-14
4-50. Oxygen Inhalator Mask Assembly.
This task covers: Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Oxygen Inhalator Mask
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 4-37)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-9 to avoid violating
this warning.
NOTE
If chamber is pressurized, send in the oxygen mask through M/L.
(1) Disconnect inhalator oxygen supply hose (1) from BIBS manifold (2) at quick disconnect fitting (3).
(2) Disconnect inhalator oxygen exhaust hose (4) from BIBS manifold (2) at quick disconnect fitting (5).
(3) Remove inhalator mask assembly (6) with supply and exhaust hoses attached. Double bag inhalator mask
assembly (6).
CAUTION
If inhalator masks are not immediately replaced with new masks, install the plugs
provided to keep system closed and prevent chamber air pressure from escaping
through BIBS.
(4) Unbag new inhalator mask assembly (6).
(5) Connect inhalator oxygen exhaust hose (4) to BIBS manifold (2), and quick disconnect fitting (5)
(6) Connect inhalator oxygen supply hose (1) to BIBS manifold (2), and quick disconnect fitting (3).
4-84
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 4-37. Oxygen Inhalator Mask, Replace.
4-85
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section VI. UNIT LEVEL CLEANING PROCEDURE FOR
DIVING LIFE SUPPORT AIR SYSTEMS
Paragraph
4-51
4-52
4-53
4-54
4-55
4-56
4-57
4-58
4-59
4-60
Page
General ............................................................................................................................4-86
Determining System Cleanliness ......................................................................................4-86
Clean Area .......................................................................................................................4-86
Removing and Installing System Components or Piping ...................................................4-86
Pre-Cleaning of Components or Piping .............................................................................4-87
Cleaning Method - Non-Ionic Detergent ............................................................................4-87
Cleaning Method - Trisodium Phosphate (TSP) ................................................................4-89
Cleaning Component Soft Goods......................................................................................4-91
Hydrocarbon Inspection and Analysis ...............................................................................4-93
Documentation and Record Keeping.................................................................................4-94
4-51. General. This section covers the cleaning procedures for diving life support air systems. The importance of
maintaining a diver's air breathing system in a clean and operable condition cannot be over emphasized. This procedure
provides basic steps and methods for removing and installing components and piping, and provides the simplified
methods for cleaning small components, pipes and hoses for air systems, and methods for cleaning component soft
goods.
4-52. Determining System Cleanliness. A periodic inspection of the air system will verify system cleanliness. If a
system is suspected of contamination, a hydrocarbon analysis, a particulate sample may be taken or a gas sample may
be drawn to determine the level of system cleanliness. These samples can be coordinated through the U.S. Army Troop
Command, ATTN: AMSTR-MMPSM, 4300 Goodfellow Blvd , St. Louis, Missouri 63120-1798.
4-53. Clean Area. All cleaning for life support air systems to be performed on components and piping shall be cleaned
in a "clean area." This area shall be isolated from oil, grease, paper, lint particles and other airborne contaminates. It
shall be as free as possible of dust and debris. Work benches shall be covered with easily cleaned surfaces such as
stainless steel, synthetic rubber, vinyl linoleum or formica. Floor shall be non-dusting. Walls and ceiling shall be covered
with washable vinyl, latex paint or polyurethane-based paint.
4-54. Removing and Installing System Components or Piping. The following steps are guidelines for the removal
and installation of piping or components from or into a clean system. In general, common sense and clean work habits
must prevail at all times to maintain system cleanliness. Prior to the removal of any pipe or component, appropriate
maintenance forms are to be completed and approved.
a. Removal. Extreme care shall be used in the removal of any component or pipe from a clean system to avoid
introducing any contamination. To eliminate any chance of contamination, the following steps shall be adhered to:
(1) Secure the system by closing valves and controls both upstream and downstream of the component or pipe to be
removed. The components shall be tagged to insure that gas is not brought on line.
(2) Removal of all debris from the intended area of assembly or disassembly such as dirt, dust, loose paint, and
grease is mandatory. This includes cleaning the pipe or component which is to be removed and the adjacent
components or piping.
4-86
TM 5-4220-227-14
(3) Wipe all of the external surfaces of components and piping with detergent or alcohol solvent to remove
grease or dirt.
(4) All personnel shall have clean hands.
(5) All tools used in the removal must be clean and grease-free.
(6) Remove component or piping.
(7) Immediately bag or seal all exposed ends of system with plastic.
b. Installation or Reinstallation.
(1) The new component or cleaned pipe shall be wrapped or double bagged. If not, the item shall be returned for
cleaning.
(2) The component or piping shall be removed from bagging and shall be inspected for damage at the mating
surfaces, threads, or connecting surfaces and any primary surface. Inspect for dust or minor particle
contamination, and remove with lint-free rag.
(3) Mating components and pipe shall have protection materials or plugs removed.
(4) Mating surfaces, preformed packings and threads shall be coated lightly with an approved lubricant. Threaded
surfaces must be coated to prevent galling of threads at assembly.
(5) A pressure test shall be performed to verify that there are no leaks and that the correct fittings have been
installed in the system.
4-55. Pre-Cleaning of Components or Piping. Upon receipt of new components not cleaned or components and
pipe removed from the system for cleaning, the item shall be pre-cleaned. Doing this shall prepare the component for
final cleaning. Pre-cleaning will be accomplished in an area separate from the clean area. The pre-cleaning will include
but is not limited to the following:
a. All wrapping shall be removed.
b. Loose paint, rust, brackets, panels, tags, supports and other such items shall be removed.
c. If hydrocarbons and/or other contaminants are known to have been introduced into the component or piping, a
thorough degreasing procedure shall be initiated Trisodium phosphate (TSP) or non-ionic detergent (NID) may be
used.
d. Visually inspect the pre-cleaned articles under bright light to ensure that all gross contamination has been removed.
e. Bag all components and ends of pipe with plastic to await cleaning.
4-56. Cleaning Method Non-Ionic Detergent. This method outlines the cleaning procedures for oil-free cleaning of
metallic/nonmetallic components or assemblies using non-ionic detergent. This procedure is only to be used if there is no
equipment available to conduct the TSP cleaning method.
4-87
TM 5-4220-227-14
a. Cleaning Components or Assemblies (excluding hose assemblies).
CAUTION
Chemical protective gloves should be worn to prevent skin irritation from detergent and hot
water.
(1) Disassemble components down to the smallest parts. Separate soft goods and clean as specified in paragraph 458.
(2) Clean each component by scrubbing with a non-ionic detergent solution (1/2 teaspoon 2.4 mL) detergent to
gallon (3.8 L) water using a nylon bristle brush and clean cloths.
1
(3) Rinse with distilled water at 125 degrees F (54 degrees C) until effluent shows no visible signs of detergent.
(4) Collect some of the water rinsed over the items in a flask that can be fitted with a rubber stopper. Shake the flask
for a few seconds and if any bubbles form and remain on the surface of the water in the flask, continue to rinse
item until no bubbles form and remain in the sample flask.
(5) Purge with dry, oil-free nitrogen until visually dry, or allow to air dry. The following dated and signed records shall
be maintained:
(a) Identification of all parts cleaned.
(b) Results of shake test.
(6) Reassemble as outlined on assembly or component drawing.
(7) Double bag all components in plastic and close securely.
b. Cleaning Hose Assemblies.
(1) Clean hose assemblies in accordance with the following steps using the specific materials and utilizing proper
equipment. Pre-clean hose assemblies outside the clean area by rinsing externally with distilled water
(2) Most hose assemblies will not lend themselves to disassembly.
removing fittings or clamps.
Disassemble to maximum extent without
(3) The cleaning solution shall be made by adding 1/2 ounce (14.7 mL) non-ionic detergent to each 80 gallons (302.8
L) or distilled water.
(4) Heat the cleaning solution to 120 degrees F (49 degrees C) and circulate through the hose assembly for 30
minutes at a flow rate of not less than 1 gallon (3.8 L) per minute.
(5) Rinse the hose assembly with distilled water heated to 125 degrees F (52 degrees C) for 30 minutes minimum at
a flow rate of not less than 1 gallon (3.8 L) per minute. Do not recirculate the water.
4-88
TM 5-4220-227-14
(6) Perform a shake test by collecting a 1000 mL sample of rinse water in a flask that can be fitted with a rubber
stopper. Shake the flask for a few seconds and if any bubbles form and remain on the surface of the water in the
flask, continue to rinse the hose until no bubbles form and remain in the sample flask.
(7) Purge hose assembly with clean, dry, oil-free nitrogen (preferably heated to 200 degrees F (93 degrees C)) until
all visible signs of water are absent. Continue drying process for 1 to 2 hours after initial purge.
NOTE
At no time shall the upstream purge pressure for all hose assemblies exceed 100 psig
(6895 millibars).
(8) After drying, cover each hose end with a clean plastic bag to maintain internal cleanliness. Secure the bag with 1
inch (2.5 cm) wide tape.
(9) When components and systems have been reassembled an air sample shall be taken to verify cleanliness.
4-57. Cleaning Method Trisodium Phosphate (TSP). This method is the preferred method if all equipment is
available. A steam/hot water cleaner that has adjustable siphon control for cleaning applications works well.
a. For components the following steps should be followed:
WARNING
The TSP cleaning solution is harmful to eyes and skin. Wear chemical protective apron,
gloves and goggles/face shield when handling or working with the solution.
(1)
Prepare a solution consisting of 2 pounds (0.9 kg) TSP, 0.5 ounces (14.7 mL) non-ionic detergent and 80 gallons
(302.8 L) of distilled or deionized water.
(2)
Heat solution to 165 degrees F (74 degrees C) mixing occasionally during the heating.
(3)
Disassemble components down to the smallest parts (separate and clean soft goods and aluminum parts as
specified in paragraph 4-58) and soak in the solution for 10 minutes minimum, 30 minutes maximum.
(4)
After soaking, clean the parts in the ultrasonic cleaner until all visible traces of contaminate dirt or grease are
gone.
(5)
For components too large for an ultrasonic cleaner, scrub the parts with a nylon bristle brush until all visible traces
of contaminate dirt or grease are gone.
(6)
Rinse all parts in running hot distilled water or deionized water until all visual traces of cleaning solution are
removed.
(7)
Draw 10 mL sample. Agitate or rinse water to observe for soap bubbles. If any soap bubbles are present, repeat
steps (6) and (7) until no bubbles are observed.
4-89
TM 5-4220-227-14
(8) Blow dry components with clean air, nitrogen or helium.
(9) Reassemble components using an approved lubricant.
(10) Bag and seal or tape closed all components and ends of pipe or hoses with plastic until ready for reinstallation.
b. For cleaning pipe or tubing the following procedures should be followed:
(1) Determine the volume of cleaning solution estimating the length of pipe or hose to be cleaned and the size of the
pipe to be cleaned. Look up the appropriate pipe/tube size and then the corresponding volume (in cubic inches)
per one foot length in table 4-3. Multiply that volume by the estimated length to be cleaned. After the total
volume is calculated, multiply the answer in cubic inches by .00433. After the total volume is calculated, multiply
the answer in cubic inches by 00433 to obtain the number of gallons to fill the system. Determine applicable flow
rate from table 4-4 and multiply flow rate by thirty (30) to compute number of gallons required to pump through
the system. Add volume required to fill system and the volume required to pump through the system for the total
volume of cleaning solution required.
Table 4-3. TSP Cleaning Solution Volume.
Pipe/Tube Size
in (cm)
Volume of 1 Foot (30 cm) Length
1/4 (0.6 cm)
0.6 cubic inches (9.7 cm3)
3/8 (1.0 cm)
1.3 cubic inches (21.7 cm3)
1/2 (1.3 cm)
2.4 cubic inches (38.6 cm3)
3/4 (1.9 cm)
5.3 cubic inches (86.9 cm3)
1 (2.5 cm)
9.4 cubic inches (154.5 cm3)
1-1/2 (3.8 cm)
21.2 cubic inches (347.6 cm3)
2 (5.1 cm)
37.7 cubic inches (617.9 cm3)
(2) Prepare a solution at a ratio of 2 pounds (0.9 kg) of TSP, 0.5 ounces (14.7 mL) non-ionic detergent for each 80
gallons (302.8 L) of distilled or deionized water as determined.
(3) Heat solution to 165 degrees F (74 degrees C) mixing occasionally during the heating.
(4) Pump the cleaning solution through the pipe/tubing for 30 minutes at a rate listed in table 4-4 using the solution
pump, and maintain constant temperature at all times. It may be necessary with some piping configurations to
cap or plug some openings and alternate with others to maintain even flow of cleaning solution to all segments of
the pipe. If you run out of cleaning solution prior to the 30 minutes listed, prepare another volume of cleaning
solution.
4-90
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-4. Cleaning Solution Flow Rate.
Tube Size (inches)
GPM
Pipe Size (inches)
GPM
1/4 (0.6 cm)
1/2
1/4 (0.6 cm)
2
3/8 (1.0 cm)
2
3/8 (1.0 cm)
3
1/2 (1.3 cm)
3 3/4
1/2 (1.3 cm)
5 1/2
3/4 (1.9 cm)
6 3/4
3/4 (1.9 cm)
9 1/2
1 (2.5 cm)
12 1/2
1
15 1/2
(2.5 cm)
1 1/4 (3.1 cm)
23
1 1/2 (3.8 cm)
35
2 (5.1 cm)
50
(5) Pump hot distilled or deionized water through the system to rinse until all visible traces of cleaning solution are
removed.
(6) Draw 10 mL sample. Agitate to observe for soap bubbles. If any soap bubbles are present, repeat step (5) until
no bubbles are observed.
(7) Blow dry parts or components with clean, dry, oil-free nitrogen (preferably heated to 200 degrees F (93.3 degrees
C)) until all visible signs of water are absent. Maintain process for 1 to 2 hours after initial purge.
(8) Double bag and seal or tape closed all components and ends of pipe or hoses with plastic until ready for
reinstallation.
c. Hoses shall be cleaned as specified in paragraph 4-56.
4-58. Cleaning Component Soft Goods . The following isopropyl alcohol method is provided for the cleaning of the
soft goods and aluminum parts of system components. The method for non-ionic detergent is the same procedure as that
in paragraph 4-56.
CAUTION
Ensure ventilation is adequate and avoid breathing vapors.
Personnel should wear chemical protective gloves to prevent skin irritation when contact
with isopropyl alcohol Is necessary.
4-91
TM 5-4220-227-14
Isopropyl alcohol shall be maintained in a covered container to preclude excess
concentrations in the air for fire protection. The cover should be removed only for
placement or removal of soft goods.
NOTE
Table 4-5 lists all compatible cleaning agents for general soft goods used in the Army
diving systems. Only the isopropyl alcohol procedure is listed below.
a. Soak component soft goods or aluminum parts in a tray of isopropyl alcohol for 10 minutes maximum.
b. Wipe each piece of soft good individually with wipes soaked in isopropyl alcohol. Do this until all dirt and foreign
matter is visually removed.
c. Rinse soft goods with fresh isopropyl alcohol.
d. Blow dry with air, nitrogen, or helium.
Table 4-5. Cleaning Agents Comparable with Soft Goods.
Soft Goods
Freon PCA
MIL-C-81302B
TSP
O-S-642
Adiprene C
X
X
Adiprene L
X
X
Buna N
X
X
X
X
Buna S
X
X
X
X
X
X
Butyl
Delrin
X
Epoxy Resin
X
Kel-f
X
Hypalon 40
X
X
Kralartic
X
X
Lexan
X
X
Lucite
X
X
Neoprene W
X
X
Nylon
X
NID
MIL-D-16791
IA
TI-I-735A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Polyethylene 7050
X
X
X
X
Polyethylene 9140
X
X
X
X
4-92
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 4-5. Cleaning Agents Comparable with Soft Goods (Cont).
Freon PCA
MIL-C-81302B
TSP
O-S-642
NID
MIL-D-16791
IA
TI-I-735A
Polyvinyl Chloride
X
X
X
X
Surlyn A
X
Teflon TFE
X
X
X
X
Teflon FEP
X
X
X
X
Thiokol FA
X
X
X
Viton A
X
X
X
X
Viton B
X
X
X
X
Zytel 101
X
Soft Goods
Ethylene Propylene
X
X
X
X
X
X - Solvent is compatible with soft goods.
Blank - Solvent is not compatible with soft goods.
4-59.
Hydrocarbon Inspection and Analysis.
a. Visual Method. By definition, visibly clean is the absence of all particulate and non-particulate matter visible to the
normal, unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particulate is identified as matter of miniature size with observable
length, width and thickness. Non-particulate is film matter without definite dimension. Examples of visual inspection are:
(1) A clean cloth placed over the discharge end may collect particulates and debris when air or nitrogen is blown
through the system.
(2) A component that has been "in service" may have visible signs of grease, dirt, etc.
(3) Absorption of oil or grease on a clean filter paper from a surface wipe.
b. Ultraviolet Light Method. The ultraviolet method for detecting hydrocarbons may be employed in different ways.
WARNING
Most ultraviolet lamps contain mercury. Extreme caution should be taken not to break the
mercury vapor lamp which will contaminate the component or pipe being inspected and may
also cause human injury.
4-93
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1) Direct inspection: The component may be examined directly with the ultraviolet light. By passing the component
under the ultraviolet light, hydrocarbon surface contamination may exhibit fluorescence where some
hydrocarbons exist.
(2) Inspection of cleaning solution when detergent is used. Used cleaning solution collected in a clean beaker when
agitated will form bubbles. These bubbles, under ultraviolet light, may exhibit fluorescence.
4-60. Documentation and Record Keeping.
a. This diving system must retain certain records and documents to substantiate safety standards. The individual
operating the clean area being directly involved with system maintenance should therefore be required to maintain
records documenting cleaning operations in a systematic manner.
b. The purpose of this section is to set forth a guide for documentation and record keeping involved in cleaning
operations and in no way intends to impose restrictions on the amount of paperwork a unit feels it requires to operate
safely.
c. A sequential record should be maintained of components cleaned (i.e., regulators, pipe, and/or any component)
affecting reentry into a certified system. It should include a written record of all cleaning analyses and testing
accomplished as per this procedure. A data sheet should be completed for items cleaned and tested per this procedure.
All other information which pertains to the cleaning and/or testing of a particular item shall be attached to or referenced
on the data sheet. Such information should include, but not be limited to outside laboratory reports, vendor data, etc.
The completed data sheet(s) will then be attached to the REC Report and referenced in the remarks column on the
Reentry Control Log
d. It is possible that certain data and results will apply to more than one data sheet. For example, it is possible that a
sample for gaseous contaminants will be taken by sampling an entire system This system will consist of numerous items,
each having its own data sheet. To assure complete documentation, reference the results of the gaseous contamination
analysis on each affected data sheet.
e. As a minimum the data sheet should reflect the following information:
(1) Unit
(2) Date
(3) Name of Point of Contact
(4) Description of Cleaning Performed
(5) Person Performing the Cleaning
(6) Results of any Analysis
(7) Description of Item Being Cleaned
(8) Part Number/NSN
(9) Remarks
4-94
TM 5-4220-227-14
CHAPTER 5
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
Page
OVERVIEW
Section I.
Section II.
Section III.
.................................................................................................................................. 5-1
Repair Parts; Special Tools; TMDE and Support Equipment ...................................... 5-1
Direct Support Troubleshooting.................................................................................. 5-1
Direct Support Maintenance Procedures .................................................................... 5-5
OVERVIEW
This chapter contains information for troubleshooting and maintenance of the 3-Person Recompression Chamber by
direct support maintenance personnel.
Section I. REPAIR PARTS; SPECIAL TOOLS, TEST, MEASUREMENT AND
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE); AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Paragraph
5-1
5-2
5-3
Page
Common Tools and Test Equipment .......................................................................... 5-1
Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment .......................................................... 5-1
Repair Parts............................................................................................................... 5-1
5-1. Common Tools and Equipment. For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the modified Table of
Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit.
5-2. Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment. For a listing of special tools and support equipment authorized
for use on this equipment, refer to the Repair Parts and Special Tools List of this manual, and the maintenance allocation
chart (MAC), Appendix B of this manual.
5-3. Repair Parts. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List for 3-Person
Recompression Chamber, TM 5-4220-227-24P.
Section II. DIRECT SUPPORT TROUBLESHOOTING
Paragraph
5-4
5-5
Page
General...................................................................................................................... 5-1
Direct Support Troubleshooting procedures................................................................ 5-2
5-4. General. This section contains troubleshooting procedures to determine the probable cause of observed equipment
malfunctions. Test or inspections are provided to isolate the faulty component and corrective actions are provided to
eliminate the malfunction.
5-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-5. Direct Support Troubleshooting Procedures. Table 5-1 lists the common malfunctions that may be found during
operation. Refer to symptom index to locate the troubleshooting procedures for the malfunction. This manual cannot list
all malfunctions that may occur, nor all test or inspections and corrective actions. If a malfunction is not corrected by
listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.
SYMPTOM INDEX
Symptom
1.
2.
3.
Page
Recompression chamber slowly loses air pressure ................................................... 5-4
Recompression chamber overpressurizes ................................................................ 5-4
Heater/chiller fails to function ................................................................................... 5-5
Table 5-1. Direct Support Troubleshooting Procedures.
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER SLOWLY LOSES AIR PRESSURE.
Perform leak test on door seals, view ports, oxygen/air penetrator parts, heater/chiller/fluid and electrical
penetrator parts, accessory blanking plate parts, air supply and exhaust manifold penetrator parts, valves and
piping.
a. Repair or report malfunction to General Support Maintenance as required.
b. Make adjustments to air supply source to insure adequate air supply.
2. RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER OVERPRESSURIZES.
Step 1. Ensure that the ALP-005, ALP-006 I/L and ALP-009, ALP-010 O/L primary and secondary air supply
valves are closed and then check operation of ELP-007, ELP-008 I/L and ELP-011, ELP-012 O/L primary
and secondary air exhaust valves. These valves may be closed tight preventing any air flow through the
chamber.
Open ELP-007 and ALP-005, the primary exhaust valves. Adjust the valves to produce the
desired depth and flow rate.
Step 2. Check ALP-004 pressure relief isolator valve. This valve may be closed, preventing flow of pressure to
APR-004 the pressure relief valve.
Open ALP-004 pressure relief isolator valve. It should be secured in the open position with
safety wire.
5-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
Table 5-1. Direct Support Troubleshooting Procedures (Cont).
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
3. HEATER/CHILLER FAILS TO FUNCTION.
Step 1. Inspect motor contactor. It may prevent the pump from operation.
Notify General Support Maintenance of faulty contactor.
Step 2. Inspect the 1/3 HP motor. It may be the cause of the pump not operating.
Notify General Support Maintenance of faulty motor.
Step 3. Check Freon level in sight glass. If air bubbles persist longer than one minute, Freon is low.
Notify General Support Maintenance for addition of Freon.
Step 4. Freon level lowers after being replaced.
Notify General Support Maintenance to check for leaks.
Step 5. Check filters. If there is a noticeable temperature difference between input and output lines, filters may
be clogged.
Notify General Support Maintenance to replace filters.
Step 6. Check expansion valve for frost. Internal overload relay may have tripped.
Allow time to reset.
Step 7. Check compressor for frost. Expansion valve may have failed causing fluid not to cool.
Notify General Support Maintenance to replace expansion valve.
Step 8. Check for 220 Vac across condenser for motor contractor. This may cause the condenser fan not to
operate.
a. If voltage is not present, check power cord to source.
b. If voltage is present, notify General Support Maintenance to replace fan motor contactor.
Step 9. Inspect condenser fan motor. Check voltage across connections. Fan will not run if voltage is not
present.
If voltage is present, but motor does not operate, notify Direct Support Maintenance to replace
condenser fan motor.
5-3/(5-4 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section III. DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
5-6. General. This section contains direct support maintenance procedures as authorized by the maintenance allocation
chart in Appendix B of this manual.
Paragraph
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-30
5-31
5-32
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-36
5-37
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
5-46
5-47
Page
Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly............................................................ 5-6
Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly............................................................. 5-10
Pressure Relief Valve .......................................................................................... 5-14
Ball Valve 3/4 Inch (Pressure Relief Valve Assembly) ......................................... 5-16
Skid Assembly, Chamber..................................................................................... 5-20
Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly .................................................. 5-22
Heater/Chiller Unit (CCU-03) ............................................................................... 5-26
Heater/Chiller Unit, Motor .................................................................................... 5-30
Scrubber Assembly Motor.................................................................................... 5-32
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Battery ....................................................................... 5-34
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly......................................................... 5-36
Flow Meter........................................................................................................... 5-40
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) .............................................................. 5-44
Light Source ........................................................................................................ 5-50
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock)............................................................... 5-54
Fluorescent Light ................................................................................................. 5-60
Wiring Harness.................................................................................................... 5-63
Front Panel Chassis Assembly ............................................................................ 5-70
Circuit Card ......................................................................................................... 5-80
Battery Sense Card Assembly ............................................................................. 5-82
Battery Card and Case ........................................................................................ 5-84
O2 "K" Bottles/Manifold ........................................................................................ 5-92
Gage (O2 "K" Bottles/Manifold) ............................................................................ 5-96
Oxygen Pressure Gages...................................................................................... 5-98
Pressure Regulator .............................................................................................. 5-102
Back Pressure Regulators.................................................................................... 5-106
Shutoff Valves (Oxygen)...................................................................................... 5-110
Isolator Valves..................................................................................................... 5-114
Dump Valves....................................................................................................... 5-118
Oxygen BIBS Manifold ........................................................................................ 5-122
Inhalator Mask Assembly..................................................................................... 5-124
Inhalator Mask Demand/Exhaust Regulators ....................................................... 5-126
Dual Hose Assembly ........................................................................................... 5-128
O2 and Air Piping ................................................................................................. 5-132
Air Supply Manifold ............................................................................................. 5-140
Ball Valves 3/4 Inch (Air Supply Manifold) ........................................................... 5-144
Ball Valves 1 Inch (Air Supply Manifold) .............................................................. 5-150
Air Exhaust Manifold............................................................................................ 5-154
Ball Valves 1 1/4 Inch (Air Exhaust Manifold) ...................................................... 5-156
Depth Gages ....................................................................................................... 5-160
Caisson Gages .................................................................................................... 5-164
5-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-7. Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Lint Free Cloth (Item 6, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (item 9, Appendix E)
Grease, Halocarbon (Item 13, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Medical Lock Outer Door Assembly
Flanged Bearing Bushings, Hinge
Flanged Bearing Bushing, Handle
Detergent Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15)
a. Replace. (figure 5-1)
(1) Unlock lock pin assembly (1) and turn handle (2) counter clockwise to unlock door assembly (3).
(2) Remove four nuts (4), lockwashers (5) and bolts (6) and remove door assembly (3).
(3) Position door assembly (3) and secure with four bolts (6), lockwashers (5) and nuts (4).
(4) Turn handle (2) clockwise to lock door assembly (3) and lock, lock pin assembly (1).
5-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-1. Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly, Replace.
5-7
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-7. Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 5-2)
(1) Remove door assembly, see para. a. above.
(2) Remove two hinge supports (1) from hinge assembly (2).
(3) Remove two flanged bearing bushing (3) from hinge supports (1).
(4) Remove tapered pin (4) from handle assembly (5).
(5) Hold door assembly (6) and remove handle assembly (5) from hinge assembly (2).
(6) Remove door assembly (6) with flanged bearing bushing (7).
(7) Remove flanged bearing bushing (7).
(8) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(9) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn or otherwise damaged.
(10) Using lint free cloth, remove grease from handle assembly (5), hinge assembly (2) and door assembly (6).
(11) Apply grease to flanged bearing bushing (7) and install on door assembly (6).
(12) Install door assembly (6) into hinge assembly (2).
(13) Install handle assembly (5) while lining up holes for tapered pin (4).
(14) Install tapered pin (4) into handle assembly (5).
(15) Install two flanged bearing bushings (3) in hinge supports (1).
(16) Install two hinge supports (1) on hinge assembly (2).
(17) Install door assembly, see para. a. above.
5-8
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-2. Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly, Repair.
5-9
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-8. Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont.)
General Mechanics Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Teflon Tape (Item 21, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Grease, Halocarbon (Item 13, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Medical Lock Inner Door Assembly
Valve Repair Kit
Preformed Packing Seal
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para.
2-15).
a. Replace. (figure 5-3)
(1) Loosen knob (1) and rotate swing bolt (2) away from inner lock door (3).
(2) Remove four nuts (4), two washers (5) and two allen head screws (6) and remove inner lock door (3).
(3) Install inner lock door (3) and install two allen head screws (6), two washers (5), and four nuts (4) but do not
tighten. Adjust nuts to allow doors to swivel on bolt hinge.
(4) Rotate swing bolt (2) to hook through door bracket (7) and tighten knob (1).
5-10
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-3. Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly, Replace.
5-11
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-8. Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly (Cont)
b. Repair. (figure 5-4)
(1) Remove medical lock inner door assembly, see para. a. above.
(2) Remove knob (1) and washer (2) from hold bolt (3).
(3) Remove nut (4), allen head screw (5) and hold bolt (3) from fitting (6).
(4) Remove and save valve (7) from inner door (8).
(5) Remove preformed packing (9) from seal groove in medical lock.
(6) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(7) Using lint free cloth, remove grease from seal groove and clean groove.
(8) Apply grease to seal groove and preformed packing (9) and install preformed packing in seal groove.
(9) Apply teflon tape to threads on valve (7) and install on valve on inner door (8).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that
no teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in
such a manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap
teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and
subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(10) Install hold bolt (3) in fitting (6) and secure with allen head screw (5) and nut (4).
(11) Install washer(2) and knob (1) on hold bolt (3).
(12) Install medical lock inner door assembly, see para. a. above.
5-12
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-4. Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly, Repair.
5-13
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-9. Pressure Relief Valve.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 23, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Pressure Relief Valve
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 5-5)
(1) Remove pressure relief valve (1) from ball valve (2).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that
no teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in
such a manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap
teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and
subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(2) Apply teflon tape to threads on pressure relief valve (1) and install valve on ball valve (2).
5-14
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-5. Pressure Relief Valve, Replace.
5-15
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-10. Ball Valve 3/4 Inch (Pressure Relief Valve Assembly).
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Ball Valve 3/4 Inch
Valve Kit
Packing
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Pressure relief valve removed (para. 5-9).
a. Replace. (figure 5-6)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
(1) Remove ball valve (1) from nipple (2).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that
no teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in
such a manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap
teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and
subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(2) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads .
(3) Install ball valve (1) on nipple (2).
5-16
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-6. Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Replace.
5-17
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-10. Ball Valve 3/4 Inch (Pressure Relief Valve Assembly) (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 5-7)
(1) Remove ball valve, see para. a. above.
(2) Remove lever nut (1) and remove handle (2).
(3) Remove stem gland screw (3), packing (4), stem (5) and thrust seal washer (6) from body (7).
(4) Remove retainer (8), two teflon seats (9) and ball (10) from body (7).
(5) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(6) Inspect all components, replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn or otherwise damaged.
(7) Install two teflon seats (9), ball (10) and retainer (8) in body (7).
(8) Install thrust seal washer (6), stem (5), packing (4) and stem gland screw (3) into body (7).
(9) Install handle (2) and secure with lever nut (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install pressure relief valve (para. 5-9).
5-18
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-7. Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Repair.
5-19
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-11. Skid Assembly, Chamber.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP :
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15) and disconnected
from air supply.
02 K bottles and manifold disconnected (para. 4-49).
Heater/chiller disconnected (para. 4-28).
External electrical power disconnected (para. 4-36).
Materials/Parts
Skid
Replace. (figure 5-8)
WARNING
Use two outer lifting brackets or two inner lifting brackets because of chamber center of
gravity. Do NOT use one inner and one outer bracket to lift chamber.
(1) Connect the sling (1) to lifting device suitable for lifting over 3,000 lbs. and position crane directly over the
chamber.
(2) Connect sling legs to chamber lifting eyes (3).
(3) Lift chamber only enough to take the chamber weight off the mounting hardware.
(4) Remove sixteen nuts (4), thirty two washers (5), ground wire (6), and sixteen screws (7) that secure chamber (8)
to skid (9).
(5) Lift the chamber high enough to remove skid. Remove skid.
(6) Position the skid on the floor. Note that the fork lift channels (10) are positioned closer to one end of the skid in
order to balance the chamber on the fork lift. Place this "short" end under the manway door end of the chamber.
(7) Lower chamber only far enough to align holes and insert sixteen screws (7), ground wire (6), and washers (5).
(8) Install sixteen washers (5) and nuts (4). Torque nuts per appendix F.
(9) Lower boom and disconnect sling (1) from lifting eyes (3) and remove lifting device.
5-20
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-8. Skid Assembly Chamber, Replace.
5-21
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-12. Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Depth gages removed (para. 5-46).
Oxygen pressure gages removed (para. 5-30).
Pressure regulator removed (para. 5-31).
Back pressure regulator removed (para. 5-32).
Shutoff valves removed (para. 5-33).
Isolator valves removed (para. 5-34).
Fluorescent light assembly removed (para. 4-41).
External electrical power disconnected (para.
4-36).
Materials/Parts
Chamber Control Console (CCC)
Enclosure
Personnel Required
Two
Replace. (figure 5-9)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Remove six nuts (5), lockwashers (6) and bolts (7).
(3) Remove two pins (4) and support (3) and remove hood assembly door (2).
(4) Drill out rivets (8) securing warning (9) and flow chart (10) data plates from hood assembly door (2).
(5) Remove two nuts (11), lockwashers (12) and screws (13).
(6) Remove four nuts (14), lockwashers (15) and screws (16) and remove angle (17) and manifold tray (18)
CAUTION
Ensure that personnel are on hand to hold chamber instrument panel when attaching hardware is
removed.
(7) Remove four nuts (19), washers (20) and screws (21) that secures chamber instrument panel (22) to hood
assembly frame (23).
5-22
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-9. Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly Enclosure, Replace (Sheet 1 of 2).
5-23
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-12. Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly (Cont).
(8) Remove chamber instrument panel (22).
(9) Install chamber instrument panel (22) and secure with four screws (21), washers (20) and nuts (19).
(10) Install manifold tray (18) and angle (17) and secure with four screws (16), lockwashers (15) and nuts (14).
(11) Install two screws (13), lockwashers (12) and nuts (11).
(12) Install warning (9) and flow chart (10) data plates and secure with rivets (8).
(13) Position hood assembly door (2) and secure with six bolts (7), lockwashers (6) and nuts (5).
(14) Install two supports (3) and pins (4) in hood assembly door (2).
(15) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1) Install isolator valves (para. 5-34).
(2) Install shutoff valves (para. 5-33).
(3) Install back pressure regulator (para. 5-32).
(4) Install pressure regulator (para. 5-31).
(5) Install oxygen pressure gages (para. 5-30).
(6) Install depth gages (para. 5-46).
(7) Install fluorescent light assembly (para. 4-41).
(8) Reconnect external electrical power (para. 4-36).
5-24
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-9. Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly Enclosure, Replace (Sheet 2 of 2).
5-25
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-13. Heater/Chiller Unit (CCU-03).
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Heater/Chiller Unit
Replace. (figure 5-10)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open hood assembly door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Move heater/chiller fluid supply valve (5) and return valve (6) to the fully closed position.
(3) Move scrubber fan switch (7) and chiller fan switch (8) to OFF position.
(4) Remove six nuts (9), lockwashers (10) and bolts (11 ) that secure the heater/chiller unit (12) to the deck plate
bracket (13).
(5) Remove heater/chiller unit (12) from deck plate bracket (13).
(6) Disconnect electrical connector (14) from heater/chiller unit (12).
CAUTION
Keep the open ends of the fluid hoses raised above the level of the unit to prevent draining the unit.
(7) Loosen fittings (15) and (16) and remove heater/chiller unit fluid supply hose (17) and return hose (18).
(8) Position replacement heater/chiller unit (12) close to scrubber assembly (19).
(9) Install heater/chiller unit fluid supply hose (17) and return hose (18) and tighten fittings (16) and (15).
(10) Connect electrical connector (14) to heater/chiller unit (12).
(11) Slide heater/chiller unit into position against deck plate bracket (13).
5-26
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-10. Heater/Chiller Unit (CCU-03), Replace.
5-27/(5-28 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(12) Install six bolts (11), lockwashers (10) and nuts (9).
(13) Add propylene glycol water 25% to 75% mix to fill reservoir in heater/chiller module, and open the penetrator
fluid supply valve (5) and return valves (6).
(14) Start up the heater/chiller module to purge the fluid system.
(15) Add additional fluid mixture after purging the system.
(16) Start up the heater/chiller module and run it through a heat and then a cooling cycle, checking for leaks and
ensuring smooth operation of the unit.
(17) Move the heater/chiller fan switch (8) to the ON position and run fan motor for several minutes to ensure proper
operation.
(18) Remove two pins (4), support (3), close hood assembly door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
Change 1
5-29
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-14. Heater/Chiller Unit Motor.
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Heater/chiller unit removed (para. 4-28).
Materials/Parts
Heater/Chiller Unit Motor
Replace. (figure 5-11)
(1) Remove four screws (1) and lockwashers (2).
(2) Remove six screws (3) lockwashers (4) and remove front housing piece (5).
(3) With one hand supporting the coil assembly (6), remove four screws (7), coil assembly (6) and two nut plates (8)
from housing assembly (9).
(4) Remove six screws (10) and lockwashers (11) and remove motor assembly (12).
(5) Remove screw (13) and lockwashers (14) and remove fan blade (15).
(6) Install fan blade (15) on motor assembly (12) and secure with screw (13) and lockwasher (14).
(7) Install motor assembly (12) and secure with six screws (10) and lockwashers (11).
(8) With one hand supporting coil assembly (6) and one nut plate (8), install coil assembly (6) in housing assembly
(9) and secure with two screws (7). Install second nut plate (8) and secure with two screws (7).
(9) Install front housing piece (5) and secure with six screws (3) and lockwashers (4).
(10) Install four screws (1) and lockwasher (2).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install heater/chiller unit (para. 4-28).
5-30
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-11. Heater/Chiller Unit Motor, Replace.
5-31
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-15. Scrubber Assembly, Motor
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Scrubber assembly removed (para. 4-33).
Materials/Parts
Scrubber Assembly Motor
Replace. (figure 5-12)
(1) Disconnect electrical plug (1) from motor (2).
(2) Remove fan guard (3) from scrubber assembly housing (4).
(3) Loosen fan blade set screw (5) and remove fan blade (6) from motor shaft.
(4) Loosen set screw (7) and remove motor (2) from scrubber assembly housing (4).
(5) Install motor (2) into scrubber assembly housing (4) and tighten set screw (7).
(6) Install fan blade (6) on motor shaft and tighten set screw (5).
(7) Install fan guard (3) on scrubber assembly housing (4).
(8) Connect electrical plug (1) to motor (2).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install scrubber assembly (para. 4-33).
5-32
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-12. Scrubber Assembly Motor, Replace.
5-33
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-16. Portable Oxygen Analyzer Battery
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Soldering Gun (NSN 3439-00-542-0396)
Portable oxygen analyzer removed
(para. 4-34).
Materials/Parts
Battery
Solder, Rosin Core (Item 20, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 5-13)
(1) Remove two screws (1) and remove front cover (2) from housing (3).
(2) Tag and unsolder electrical leads (4) from battery leads (5).
(3)
Remove four nuts (6) and screws (7) and remove two batteries (5) and four clamps (8).
(4) Install two batteries (5) and four clamps (8) and secure four screws (7) and nuts (6).
(5) Solder electrical leads (4) to two battery leads (5).
(6) Install front cover (2) on housing (3) and secure with two screws (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install portable oxygen analyzer (para. 4-34).
5-34
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-13. Portable Oxygen Analyzer Battery, Replace.
5-35
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-17. Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly
This task covers:
a. Replace
b.
Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Portable oxygen analyzer removed (para. 4-34).
Materials/Parts
Probe Assembly
a. Replace. (figure 5-14)
(1) Remove two screws (1) and remove front cover (2) from housing (3).
(2) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (4) and remove probe assembly (5) from housing (3).
(3) Insert probe assembly electrical leads (4) through hole in back of housing (3).
(4) Connect electrical leads (4) to analyzer.
(5) Install front cover (2) on housing (3) and secure with two screws (1).
5-36
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-14. Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly, Replace.
5-37
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-17. Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 5-15)
(1) Remove portable oxygen analyzer probe assembly (para. a. above).
(2) Unscrew cap (1) with gasket and screws inside) from probe body housing (2)
(3) Remove cell assembly (3) from housing (2).
(4) Remove two screws (4) that secure contact plate assembly (5), and thermostat (6) into the housing (2).
(5) Remove electrical leads (7) from contact plate (5) and thermostat (6) and remove contact plate and thermostat.
(6) Remove two screws (8) securing back cover (9) to housing (2).
(7) Remove and discard cable clamp (10) from cable (11) and slide back cover (9) off cable.
(8) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(9) Inspect all components and replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(10) Install back cover (9) on cable (11) and secure with cable clamp (10).
(11) Install back cover (9) into housing (2) and secure with two screws (8).
(12) Install cable (11) through housing (2) and connect electrical leads (7) to contact plate (5) and thermostat (6).
(13) Install thermostat (6) and contact plate (5) and secure with two screws (4).
(14) Install cell assembly (3) into housing (2).
(15) Install cap (1) (with gasket and screen inside) into housing (2).
(16) Install portable oxygen analyzer probe assembly (para. a. above).
5-38
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-15. Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly, Repair.
5-39
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-18. Flow Meter.
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Flow Meter
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 5-16)
(1) Unlatch two latches (1) open enclosure (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Close the ALP-014 flow meter isolator valve (5).
(3) Loosen fitting nut (6) and disconnect chamber air supply tubing (7) from elbow (8) on bottom of flow meter (9).
(4) Remove elbow (8) from flow meter (9)
(5) Disconnect microfuel cell fitting (10) from flow meter (9).
(6) Remove two screws (11) and remove flow meter (9) from mounting bracket (12).
(7) Position flow meter (9) on mounting bracket (12) and secure with two screws (11).
(8) Position flow meter (9) on mounting bracket (12) and secure with two screws (11).
WARNING
Leave 1 ½ threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(9) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(10) Install microfuel cell fitting (10) on top of flow meter (9).
5-40
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-16. Flow Meter, Replace.
5-41/(5-42 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(11) Install elbow (8) on flow meter (9) and install chamber air supply tubing fitting nut (6) on elbow.
(12) Ensure that flow metering valve (13) is closed. Then open the ALP-014 flow meter isolator valve (5).
(13) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
5-43
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-19. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock).
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Power Cord
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 7, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Switch
Indicator Light
Variac Unit
Transformer
Light Cords
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Double Light Power Supply (I/L) removed (para. 4-38).
Repair.
(1) Replace switch. (figure 5-17)
NOTE
There are three switches. Replacement of each switch is the same.
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b) Remove nut (2) and plate (3) and remove switch (4).
(c)
Install switch (4) in cover (5) and secure with plate (3) and nut (2).
(d)
Connect electrical leads (1).
5-44
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-17. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Switch, Replace.
5-45
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-19. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) (Cont).
(2) Replace indicator light. (figure 5-18)
NOTE
There are three indicator lights. Replacement of each light is the same.
(a
Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b
Remove nut plate (2) and remove indicator light (3).
(c) Install indicator light (3) in cover (4) and secure with nut plate (2).
(d)
Connect electrical leads (1).
Figure 5-18. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Indicator Light, Replace.
5-46
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-19. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) (Cont).
(3) Replace variac unit. (figure 5-19)
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical lead (1).
(b) Remove knob (2) from variac unit (3).
(c) Remove four nuts (4), washers (5) and screws (6) and remove variac unit (3).
(d) Install variac unit (3) on cover (7) and secure with four screws (6), washers (5) and nuts (4).
(e) Install knob (2) and connect electrical leads (1).
Figure 5-19. Double Light Power Supply (inner Lock) Variac Unit, Replace
5-47
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-19. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) (Cont).
(4) Replace transformer. (figure 5-20)
NOTE
There are two transformers. Replacement of each transformer is the same.
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b) Remove four screws (2) and remove transformer (3).
(c) Install transformer (3) on plate (4) and secure with four screws (2).
(d) Connect electrical leads (1).
Figure 5-20. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Transformer, Replace.
5-48
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-19. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) (Cont).
(5) Replace power and light cords. (figure 5-21)
NOTE
There are two light cords and one power cord. Replacement of each cord is the same.
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical lead (1) from terminal board (2).
(b) Connect electrical leads (1) to terminal board (2).
Figure 5-21. Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) Power and Light Cords, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE:
Install double light power supply (para. 4-38).
5-49
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-20. Light Source.
This task covers: Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item 8, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-free (Item 5, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Light Source
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 7, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15)
Light source removed (para. 4-39).
Repair. (figure 5-22)
NOTE
There are three light sources. Repair of each light source is the same.
(1) Remove pipe nut (1) and fitting nut (2) from light probe (3).
(2) Remove gland nut (4) and ferrules (5) and (6).
(3) Remove four screws (7) and remove cover (8).
(4) Lift lamp ejector lever (9) away from lamp (10).
(5) Remove lamp ejector lever (9) from lamp socket (11).
(6) Remove lens (12) from lens and thermocouple assembly (13).
(7) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (14) from terminal board (15).
(8) Remove two screws (16) and remove lens and thermocouple assembly (13).
(9) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (17) from connector (18).
(10) Remove four nuts (19), washers (20) and screws (21) and remove connector (18).
(11) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (22) from terminal board (15).
(12) Remove four nuts (23), washers (24) and screws (25) and remove fan (26).
(13) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
5-50
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-22. Light Source, Repair.
5-51/(5-52 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(14) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(15) Install fan (26) and secure with four screws (25), washer (24) and nuts (23).
(16) Connect electrical leads (22) to terminal board (15).
(17) Install connector (18) and secure with four screws (21), washers (20) and nuts (19).
(18) Connect electrical leads (17) to connector (18).
(19) Install lens and thermocouple assembly (13) and secure with two screws (16).
(20) Connect electrical leads (14) to terminal board (15).
(21 Install lens (12) on lens and thermocouple assembly (13).
(22 Snap ejector lever (9) over the body of the lamp (10).
(23) Install cover (8) and secure with four screws (7).
(24) Install ferrules (5) and (6) tapered side up in toward light source assembly and tighten gland nut (4).
(25) Install light probe (3) and tighten fitting nut (2).
(26) Install pipe nut (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install light source (para. 4-39).
5-53
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-21. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock).
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Single Light Power Supply
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Single light power supply removed (para. 4-40).
Repair.
(1) Replace switch. (figure 5-23)
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b) Remove nut (2) and plate (3) and remove switch (4).
(c) Install switch (4) in cover (5) and secure with plate (3) and nut (2).
(d) Connect electrical leads (1).
5-54
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-23. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Switch, Replace.
5-55
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-21. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) (Cont).
(2) Replace indicator light. (figure 5-24)
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b) Remove nut (2) and remove indicator light (3).
(c) Install indicator light (3) in cover (4) and secure with nut (2).
(d) Connect electrical leads (1).
Figure 5-24. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Indicator Light, Replace.
5-56
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-21. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) (Cont).
(3) Replace variac unit. (figure 5-25)
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b) Remove knob (2) from variac unit (3).
(c) Remove nut (4) and remove variac unit (3).
(d) Install variac unit (3) on cover (5) and secure with nut (4).
(e) Install knob (2) and connect electrical leads (1).
Figure 5-25. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Variac Unit, Replace.
5-57
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-21. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) (Cont).
(4) Replace transformer. (figure 5-26)
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (1).
(b) Remove four screws (2) and remove transformer (3).
(c) Install transformer (3) on plate (4) and secure with four screws (2).
(d) Connect electrical leads (1).
Figure 5-26. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Transformer, Replace.
5-58
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-21. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) (Cont).
(5) Replace power and light cords. (figure 5-27)
NOTE
There are two cords, one light and one power cord. Replacement of each cord is the same.
(a) Tag and disconnect electrical lead (2) from terminal board (1).
(b) Connect electrical leads (2) to terminal board (1).
Figure 5-27. Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) Power and Light Cords, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE:
Install single light power supply (para. 4-40).
5-59
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-22. Fluorescent Light.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Fluorescent Light Assembly
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Fluorescent light removed (para. 4-41).
Repair. (figure 5-28)
NOTE
Fluorescent light is partially disassembled when removed.
(1)
Remove lock (1) securing lampholder (2) to fluorescent lamp enclosure (3).
(2)
Remove gasket (4) from enclosure (3).
(3)
Remove 11 screws (5) securing enclosure (3) to housing (6) and separate enclosure from housing.
(4)
Tag and disconnect electrical leads (7) from electrical plug (8).
(5)
Remove starter (9) from starter socket (10).
(6)
Tag and disconnect electrical leads (11) from starter socket (10).
(7)
Remove two screws (12) and washers (13) and remove bracket (14) with starter socket (10).
(8)
Remove two screws (15) and remove starter socket (10) from bracket (14).
(9)
Tag and disconnect electrical lead (16) from ballast (17).
(10)
Remove two screws (18) and washers (19) and remove ballast (17).
(11)
Tag and disconnect electrical band (20) from receptacle (21).
(12)
Remove two screws (22) and remove receptacle (21).
(13)
Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
5-60
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-28. Fluorescent Light, Repair.
5-61
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-22. Fluorescent Light (Cont).
(14) Inspect window (23) and replace if cracked or otherwise damaged.
(15) Inspect fluorescent lamp (24) and replace if burned out, or otherwise damaged.
(16) Inspect grommet (25) and replace if cracked, dried out, or otherwise damaged.
(17) Inspect lampholder (2) and starter socket (10), and replace if cracked or otherwise damaged.
(18) Inspect ballast (17) and replace if burned out or damaged.
(19) Install enclosure (3) and housing (6) and replace if cracked, bent, or otherwise damaged.
(20) Inspect electrical cord (8) and replace if burned, wires frayed, or otherwise damaged.
(21) Install receptacle (21) and secure with two screws (22).
(22) Connect electrical leads (20) to receptacle (21).
(23) Install ballast (17) and secure with two screws (18) and washers (19).
(24) Connect electrical leads (16) to ballast (17).
(25) Install starter socket (10) on bracket (14) and secure with two screws (15).
(26) Install bracket (14) and secure with two screws (12) and washers (13).
(27) Connect electrical leads (11) to starter socket (10).
(28) Install starter (9) into starter socket (10).
(29) Install electrical plug (8) and connect electrical lead (7).
(30) Install enclosure (3) on housing (6) and secure with 11 screws (5).
(31) Install lamp holder (2) and secure with lock (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install fluorescent light (para. 4-41).
5-62
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-23. Wiring Harness.
This task covers:
a. Test
b.
Replace
d.
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Multimeter (NSN 6625-01-139-2512)
Wiring Harness
a. Test. (figure 5-29)
NOTE
Wiring harness removed for test. See para. b.
(1) Perform point to point continuity test on wiring harness (1).
(2) Replace or repair a defective wiring harness (1).
Figure 5-29. Wiring Harness, Test.
5-63
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-23. Wiring Harness (Cont).
b. Replace. (figure 5-30)
(1) Remove connector (1) from speaker (2) and tag and disconnect wires (3) from connector (1).
(2) Remove four screws (4) and remove cover (5) from junction box (6).
(3) Tag and disconnect wires (3) from terminal board (7) and pull wires through shell penetrator (8) and remove
wires.
(4) Remove four screws (9) and remove cover (10) from junction box (11).
(5) Tag and disconnect wires (12) from terminal board (13).
(6) Remove cables (14) and (15) from scrubber assembly (16) and heater chiller unit (17).
(7) Remove connector (18) from speaker (19) and tag and disconnect wires (20).
(8) Tag and disconnect wires (21) from jack (22) and remove wires (20) and (21).
(9) Tag and disconnect wires (23) from terminal board (7) and (13) and remove wires (23).
(10) Remove connector (24) from communication box (25) and tag and disconnect wires (26) from connector.
(11) Tag and disconnect wires (27) from jack (28), power supply (29), and thermocoupler meter (30).
(12) Tag and disconnect wires (27) from terminal board (7) and remove wires.
(13) Tag and disconnect wires (31) from switches (32).
(14) Tag and disconnect wires (31) from terminal board (7).
(15) Connect wires (31) to terminal board (7) and switches (32).
(16) Connect wires (27) to terminal board (7)
(17) Connect wires (27) to thermocoupler meter (30), power supply (29), and jack (28).
(18) Connect wires (26) to connector (24) and install connector to communication box (25).
(19) Install wires (23) in conduit and connect wires to terminal boards (13) and (7).
(20) Connect wires (21) to jack (22).
(21) Connect wires (20) to connector (18) and install connector on speaker (19).
(22) Install wires (12) to terminal board (13).
5-64
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-30. Wiring Harness, Replace (Sheet 1 of 3).
5-65
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-23. Wiring Harness (Cont).
(23) Install cables (14) and (15) and connect them to scrubber assembly (16) and heater chiller unit (17).
(24) Install cover (10) on junction box (11) and secure with four screws (9).
(25) Connect wires (3) to terminal board (7).
(26) Route wires (3) through shell penetrator (8) and connect wires to connector (1).
(27) Install connector (1) on speaker (2).
(28) Install cover (5) on junction box (6) and secure with four screws (4).
c. Repair.
(1) Inspect wiring harness.
(2) Refer to TM 5-4220-227-24P for materials to manufacture wiring harness.
(3) Replace any terminal lugs or connectors that are missing or damaged.
(4) Replace any wire that has burnt, cracked, or otherwise damaged insulation.
5-66
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-30. Wiring Harness, Replace (Sheet 2 of 3).
5-67/(5-68 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-30. Wiring Harness, Replace (Sheet 3 of 3).
5-69
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-24. Front Panel Chassis Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b.
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Soldering Gun
Communicator assembly removed (para. 4-43).
Materials/Parts
Front Panel Chassis Assembly
a. Replace. (figure 5-31)
(1) Remove four screws (1) and washers (2) and remove top and bottom plates (3) and (4).
(2) Remove four screws (5) and washers (6) and remove front panel chassis assembly (7) and two handles (8) from
case (9).
NOTE
If repair by replacement of a panel mounted component is needed, remove only the wire
leads to the component to be replaced. Access to panel rear for component replacement
may, in most cases, be obtained by removal of top or bottom panel.
(3) Tag and disconnect wires from chassis assembly components.
(4) Reconnect all wires to chassis assembly components and remove tags.
(5) Install front panel chassis assembly (7) and two handles (8) on case (9) and secure four screws (5) and washers (6).
(6) Install top and bottom plates (3) and (4) and secure with four screws (1) and washers (2).
5-70
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-31. Front Chassis Assembly, Replace.
5-71
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-24. Front Panel Chassis Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair.
(1) Replace switch. (figure 5-32)
NOTE
There are five switches. Replacement of each switch is the same.
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Remove nut (1) and remove switch (2).
(c) Remove nut (3) from switch (2).
(d) Install nut (3) on switch (2).
(e) Install switch (2) on panel chassis assembly (4) and secure with nut (1).
(f) Install front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
Figure 5-32. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Switch, Replace.
5-72
TM 5-4220-227-14
(2) Replace potentiometer and rheostats. (figure 5-33)
NOTE
There are two rheostats and one potentiometer.
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Loosen setscrew (1) and remove knob (2).
(c) Remove nut (3) and remove potentiometer (4).
NOTE
Step (d) and (e) is for potentiometer only.
(d) Remove nut (5) from potentiometer (4).
(e) Install nut (5) on potentiometer (4).
(f) Install potentiometer (4) on panel chassis assembly (6) and secure with nut (3).
(g) Install knob (2) and tighten setscrew (1).
(h) Install front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
Figure 5-33. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Potentiometer and Rheostat, Replace.
5-73
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-24. Front Panel Chassis Assembly (Cont).
(3) Replace indicator light. (figure 5-34)
NOTE
There are two indicator lights. Replacement of each light is the same.
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Remove nut (1) from lens (2) and remove lens and transparent lead (3).
(c) Install lens (2) on panel chassis assembly (4) and install transparent lead (3) and nut (1).
(d) Install front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
Figure 5-34. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Indicator Light, Replace.
5-74
TM 5-4220-227-14
(4) Replace ban and jack. (figure 5-35)
NOTE
There are six banana jacks. Replacement of each jack is the same.
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Remove nut (1) and remove jack (2).
(c) Install jack (2) on panel chassis assembly (3) and secure with nut (1).
Figure 5-35. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Banana Jack, Replace.
5-75
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-24. Front Panel Chassis Assembly (Cont).
(5) Replace phone plug. (figure 5-36)
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Remove jack (1) and plug (2).
(c) Remove nut (3) from plug (2).
(d) Install nut (3) on plug (2).
(e) Install plug (2) on panel chassis assembly (4).
(f) Install jack (1) on plug (2).
(g) Install front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
Figure 5-36. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Phone Jack, Replace.
5-76
TM 5-4220-227-14
(6) Replace microphone holder. (figure 5-37)
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Remove two nut (1), washers (2) and screws (3).
(c) Remove microphone holder (4) from panel chassis assembly (5).
(d) Install microphone holder (4) on panel chassis assembly (5) and secure with two screws (3), washers (2), and
nut (1).
(e) Install front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
Figure 5-37. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Microphone Holder, Replace.
5-77
23665
5-24. Front Panel Chassis Assembly (Cont).
(7) Replace power speaker assembly. (figure 5-38)
(a) Remove front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
(b) Tag and disconnect wires from power speaker assembly (1).
(c) Remove two nuts (2), four washers (3), and two screws (4) and remove power speaker assembly (1).
(d) Install power speaker assembly (1) on panel chassis assembly (5) and secure with two screws (4), four
washers (3) and two nuts (2).
(e) Connect wires to power speaker assembly (1).
(f) Install front panel chassis assembly (para. a. above).
5-78
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-38. Front Panel Chassis Assembly Power Speaker Assembly, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install communicator assembly (para. 4-43).
5-79
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-25. Circuit Card.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Front panel chassis assembly removed (para. 5-24).
Materials/Parts
Circuit Card
Replace. (figure 5-39)
(1) Tag and disconnect wires from circuit card (1).
(2) Remove two screws (2) and washers (3) and remove circuit card (1).
(3) Install circuit card (1) on power speaker assembly (4) and secure with two screws (2) and washers (3).
(4) Connect wires to circuit card (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install front panel chassis assembly (5-24).
5-80
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-39. Circuit Card, Replace.
5-81
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-26. Battery Sense Card Assembly.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Front panel chassis assembly removed (para. 5-24).
Materials/Parts
Battery Sense Card Assembly
Replace. (figure 5-40)
(1) Tag and disconnect wires from circuit card (1).
(2) Remove four screws (2) and washers (3) and remove bracket (4) and circuit card (1) from two brackets (5).
(3) Install circuit card (1) and bracket (4) on two brackets (5) and secure with four washers (3) and screws (2).
(4) Connect wires to circuit card (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install front panel chassis assembly (5-24).
5-82
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-40. Battery Sense Card Assembly, Replace.
5-83
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-27. Battery Card and Case.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Communicator assembly removed (para. 4-43).
Materials/Parts
Battery Card and Case
a. Replace. (figure 5-41)
(1) Remove eight screws (1) and washers (2) and separate battery card and case (3) from housing (4).
(2) Tag and disconnect wires from battery card and case (3) and remove case.
(3) Position battery card and case (3) near housing (4) and connect wires to battery card and case.
(4) Install battery card and case (3) on housing (4) and secure with eight screws (1) and washers (2).
5-84
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-41. Battery Card and Case, Replace.
5-85
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-27. Battery Card and Case (Cont).
b. Repair.
(1) Replace batteries. (figure 5-42)
NOTE
There are two batteries. Replacement of each battery is the same.
(a) Remove battery card and case (para. a. above).
(b) Remove four nuts (1), lockwashers (2) and screws (3) and remove battery box bracket (4).
(c) Remove battery (5) from battery card and case (6).
(d) Install battery (5) in battery card and case (6).
(e) Install battery box bracket (4) and secure with four screws (3), lockwashers (2) and nuts (1).
(f) Install battery card and case (para. a. above).
Figure 5-42. Battery Card and Case, Replace.
5-86
TM 5-4220-227-14
(2) Replace battery contact P.C. card. (figure 5-43)
(a) Remove battery card and case (para. a. above).
(b) Tag and disconnect wires from battery contact P.C. card (1).
(c) Remove four nut (2), lockwashers (3), and screws (4) and remove battery contact P.C. card (1).
(d) Install battery contact P.C. card (1) in battery card and case (5), and secure with four screws (4),
lockwasher (3), and nuts (2).
(e) Connect wires to battery contact P.C. card (1).
(f) Install battery card and case (para. a. above).
Figure 5-43. Battery Card and Case Battery Contact P.C. Card, Replace.
5-87
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-27. Battery Card and Case (Cont).
(3) Replace fuse holder. (figure 5-44)
NOTE
There are two fuse holders. Replacement of each fuse holder is the same.
(a) Remove battery card and case (para. a. above).
(b) Tag and disconnect wires to fuse holder (1).
(c) Remove fuse cap (2) and fuse (3) from fuse holder (1).
(d) Remove nut (4) and remove fuse holder (1).
(e) Install fuse holder (1) in card box bracket (5) and secure with nut (4).
(f) Install fuse (3) and cap (2) on fuse holder (1).
(g) Connect wires to fuse holder (1).
(h) Install battery card and case (para. a. above).
Figure 5-44. Battery Card and Case Fuse Holder, Replace.
5-88
TM 5-4220-227-14
(4) Replace power transformer. (figure 5-45)
(a) Remove battery card and case (para. a. above).
(b) Tag and disconnect wires from power transformer (1).
(c) Remove two nut (2), lockwashers (3) and screws (4) and remove power transformer (1).
(d) Install power transformer (1) on card box bracket (5) and secure with two screws (4), lockwashers (3) and
two nuts (2).
(e) Connect wires to power transformer (1).
(f) Install battery card and case (para. a. above).
Figure 5-45. Battery Card and Case Power Transformer, Replace.
5-89
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-27. Battery Card and Case (Cont).
(5) Replace battery charger P.C. card assembly. (figure 5-46)
(a) Remove battery card and case (para. a. above).
(b) Tag and disconnect wires from charger P.C. card assembly (1).
(c) Remove four nuts (2), lockwashers (3), and screws (4) and remove battery charger P.C. card assembly
(1).
(d) Install battery charger P.C. card assembly (1) on housing (5) and secure with four screws (4), lockwashers
(3) and nuts (2).
(e) Install battery card and case (para. a. above).
5-90
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-46. Battery Card and Case Battery Charger P. C. Card Assembly, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install communicator assembly (para. 4-43).
5-91
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-28. O2 "K" Bottles/Manifold.
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15)
O2 "K" bottles/manifold removed (para. 4-49).
Gage removed (para. 5-29).
Materials/Parts
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Repair. (figure 5-47)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
NOTE
Hoses are tested hydrostatically every three years and replaced every ten years.
(1) Remove bushing (1), reducer (2), connector (3), and reducer (4).
(2) Remove shutoff valve (5), coupling cap (6), quick disconnect coupling (7), hose coupling (8), and adapter (9).
(3) Remove two hose end connectors (10) and flex hose (11).
(4) Remove isolation valve (12), hex nipple (13), reducing bushing (14), connector (15), ball valve (16), and tee (17).
(5) Remove hex nipple (18), elbow (19) and adapter (20).
NOTE
There are six O2 bottles, and the piping for each one removed is the same.
(6) Remove steel tubing (21), reducer bushing (22), flex hose (23), isolator valve (24), steel tubing (25), and cross
(26).
5-92
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-47. O2 "K" Bottles/Manifold, Repair (Sheet 1 of 2).
5-93
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-28. 02 "K" Bottles/Manifold (Cont).
(7) Remove steel tubing (27) and bleed off valve (28).
(8) Clean all components with nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(9) Install all components and replace any component that has stripped threads, cracked, bent, or otherwise
damaged.
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(10) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(11) Install bleed valve (28) on steel tubing (27).
NOTE
There are six O2 bottles and the piping for each one is installed the same.
(12) Install cross (26), steel tubing (25), isolator valve (24), flex hose (23), reducer bushing (22), and steel tubing (21).
(13) Install adapter (20), elbow (19), and hex nipple (18).
(14) Install tee (17), ball valve (16), connector (15), and reducing bushing (14).
(15) Install hex nipple (13), isolator valve (12), two hose end connectors (10) and hose (11).
(16) Install adapter (9), hose coupling (8), quick disconnect coupling (7), and coupling cap (6).
(17) Install shutoff valve (5), reducer (4), connector (3), reducer (2), and bushing (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1) Install gage (para. 5-29).
(2) Install O2 "K" bottles/manifold (para. 4-49).
5-94
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-47. O2"K" Bottles/Manifold, Repair (Sheet 2 of 2).
5-95
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-29. Gage (O2 "K" Bottles/Manifold).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Gage
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15)
Replace. (figure 5-48)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
(1) Close valve (1) on manifold (2).
(2) Remove gage (3).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(3) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(4) Install gage (3) on manifold (2).
(5) Open valve (1).
5-96
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-48. Gage (O2 "K" Bottles/Manifold), Replace.
5-97
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-30. Oxygen Pressure Gages.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Pressure Gage 0-4500
Pressure Gage 0-150
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 5-49)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
Gain access OGA-025 the low pressure O2 gage and OGA-026 the high pressure O2 gage by
reaching over the top of and down behind the instrument panel.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1) open enclosure (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Loosen fitting nut (5) and remove line (6) from fitting (7).
(3) Remove fitting (7) from low pressure gage (8).
(4) Loosen fitting nut (9) and remove line (10) from fitting (11) on elbow (12).
(5) Loosen and remove elbow (12) from high pressure gage (13).
5-98
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-49. Oxygen Pressure Gages, Replace.
5-99/(5-100 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(6) Remove four nuts (14) and washers (15) from gage mounting studs (16) and two brackets (17), plate (18), low
pressure gage (8), and high pressure gage (13).
(7) Install low pressure gage (8) and high pressure gage (13) and two plate (18) on chamber control console (19) and
secure with two brackets (17), four washers (15) and nuts (14).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(8) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(9) Install elbow (12) on high pressure gage (13).
(10) Install fitting (11) on elbow (12).
(11) Install line (10) on fitting (11) and tighten fitting nut (9).
(12) Install fitting (7) on low pressure gage (8).
(13) Install line (6) on fitting (7) and tighten fitting nut (5).
(14) Pressurize system and check for leaks, and new gage for proper operation.
(15) Remove two pin (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
5-101
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-31. Pressure Regulator.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Pressure Regulator
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 5-50)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
Gain access to OHL-024 the O2 hand loader (regulator) by reaching over the top of and down behind
the instrument panel.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1) open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Loosen two fittings (5) and remove lines (6) and (7).
(3) Loosen two fitting nuts (8) and remove lines (9) and (10).
(4) Remove hole plug (11), retaining ring (12) and hand knob (13).
5-102
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-50. Pressure Regulator, Replace.
5-103/(5-104 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(5) Remove two screws (14) and remove pressure regulator (15) from chamber control console (16).
(6) Remove two elbows (17) from pressure regulator (15).
(7) Install two elbows (17) on pressure regulator (15).
(8) Position regulator (15) in chamber control console (16) and secure with two screws (14).
(9) Install hand knob (13) retaining ring (12) and hole plug (11).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(10) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(11) Install lines (9) and (10) on elbows (17) and tighten two fitting nuts (8).
(12) Install lines (6) and (7) on regulator (15) and tighten fittings (5).
(13) Pressurize system and check connection for leaks, check regulator for proper operation.
(14) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
5-105
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-32. Back Pressure Regulators.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Back Pressure Regulator
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 5-51)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
Gain access to OBR-022 the exhaust O2 regulator from the I/L, and OBR-023 the exhaust O2
regulator from the O/L by reaching under the bottom of and up behind the instrument panel.
OBR-022 must be removed first to gain access to OBR-023. Replacement of OBR-023 is
the same as OBR-022.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Loosen fitting nut (5) and remove line (6).
(3) Loosen two fitting nuts (7) and remove two lines (8) and (9).
5-106
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-51. Back Pressure Regulators, Replace.
5-107/(5-108 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(4) Remove three nuts (10), washers (11) and screws (12) that secure back pressure regulator (13) to chamber
control console (14).
(5) Remove back pressure regulator (13).
(6) Remove two elbows (15) from regulator (13).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(7) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(8) Install three elbows (15) on regulator (13).
(9) Position back pressure regulator (13) in the chamber control console (14) and secure with three screws
(12) washers (11) and nuts (10).
(10) Install two lines (8) and (9) and tighten two fitting nuts (7).
(11) Install line (6) and tighten fitting nut (5).
(12) Pressurize system, and check connections for leaks. Check regulator for proper operation.
(13) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
5-109
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-33. Shutoff Valves (Oxygen).
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Shutoff Valve
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 5-52)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
Gain access to OXL-021 the I/L low pressure O2 supply valve, and OXL-020 the O/L O2
supply valve by reaching up from bottom and behind the instrument panel. Replacement of
the OXL-021 and OXL-020 is the same.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Remove nut cap (5) and lockwasher (6) that secures the valve handle (7) to valve (8) and remove handle.
5-110
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-52. Shutoff Valve (Oxygen), Replace.
5-111(5-112 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(3) Remove two fitting nuts (9) and remove lines (10) and (11).
(4) Remove bulk head nut (12) and remove shutoff valve (8) from rear of chamber control console (13).
(5) Install shutoff valve (8) in chamber control console (13) and secure with bulkhead nut (12).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(6) Apply teflon tape to shutoff valve pipe threads.
(7) Install two lines (10) and (11) and tighten two fitting nuts (9).
(8) Install valve handle (7) on valve (8) and secure with lockwasher (6) and nut cap (5).
(9) Pressurize system, and check connections for leaks. Check shutoff valve for proper operation.
(10) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
5-113
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-34. Isolator Valves.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Isolator Valve
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 5-53)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
There are four isolator valves. Replacement of each valve is the same.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Loosen setscrew (5) and remove knob (6) from isolator valve (7).
5-114
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-53. Isolator Valves, Repair.
5-115/(5-116 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(3) Remove nut (8) from isolator valve (7).
(4) Remove two fitting nuts (9) and remove lines (10) and (11).
(5) Remove isolator valve (7) from chamber control console (12).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(6) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(7) Install isolator valve (7) on chamber control console (12).
(8) Install lines (10) and (11) and tighten two fitting nuts (9).
(9) Install nut (8) in isolator valve (7).
(10) Install knob (6) on isolator valve (7) and tighten setscrews (5).
(11) Pressurize system and check connections for leaks.
(12) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
5-117
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-35. Dump Valves.
This task covers:
Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber, (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 8, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Ball Valve
Valve Kit
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
a. Replace. (figure 5-54)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
The reference designators of the dump valves being removed are OEX-038 exhaust O2
valve, O/L and OEX-037 exhaust O2 valve I/L.
There are two dump valves and silencers. Replacement of each one is the same.
(1) If necessary for removal of valve, remove nut (1), stem spring (2), plate (3), stop plate (4), handle (5), spring (6)
from valve (7).
(2) Hold elbow fitting (8) and remove valve (7) from elbow fitting (8)
(3) Remove silencers (9) from valve (7).
5-118
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-54. Dump Valves and Silencers, Replace.
5-119
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-35. Dump Valves (Cont).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no
teflon tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a
manner that when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape
correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible
injury or death to the diver.
(4) Apply teflon tape on all pipe threads.
(5) Install silencer (9) on valve (7).
(6) Hold elbow fitting (8) and install valve (7) on elbow fitting (8).
(7) If removed, install spring (6), handle (5), stop plate (4), plate (3), and stem spring (2) on valve (7).
(8) Pressurize system and check corrections for leaks. Check valves for proper operation.
b. Repair. (figure 5-55)
(1) Remove dump valve (para. a. above).
(2) If not removed, remove nut (1), stem spring (2), plate (3), stop plate (4), handle (5), and spring (6).
(3) Remove nut (7), two stem springs (8), gland (9), packing support (10), top packing (11), and bottom packing (12).
(4) Remove eight nuts (13), four stud bolts (14), and two flanges (15) from body (16).
(5) Remove two preformed packings (17), seat spring (18), seats (19), support rings (20), and ball (21) from body
(16).
(6) Remove stem (22) and two stem bearings (23) from body (16).
(7) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(8) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(9) Install two stem bearings (23) on stem (22) and install stem into body (16).
(10) Install ball (21), two support rings (20), seats (19), seat springs (18), and preformed packings (17) in body (16).
(11) Install two flanges (15) on body (16) and secure with four stud bolts (14) and eight nuts (13).
(12) Install bottom packing (12), top packing (11), packing support (10), gland (9), two stem springs (8), and nut (7).
(13) Install spring (6), handle (5), stop plate (4), plate (3), stem spring (2), and nut (1).
(14) Install dump valve (para. a. above).
5-120
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-55. Dump Valves, Repair.
5-121
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-36. Oxygen BIBS Manifold.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Oxygen BIBS Manifold
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 5-56)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems
must be maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon
contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
There are two BIBS manifolds, one in the O/L and the other in the I/L. Replacement of each
manifold is the same.
(1) Remove three quick disconnect fittings (1) from the oxygen supply side of manifold (2).
(2) Remove three quick disconnect fittings (3) from the oxygen return side of manifold (2).
(3) Loosen two fittings (4) and remove lines (5) and (6).
(4) Remove four nuts (7), lockwashers (8), and bolts (9) and remove manifold (2) from bracket (10).
(5) Install manifold (2) and secure with four bolts (9), lockwashers (8), and nuts (7).
(6) Install lines (5) and (6) on manifold (2) and tighten two fittings (4).
(7) Install three quick disconnect fittings (3) on oxygen return side of manifold (2).
(8) Install three quick disconnect fittings (1) on oxygen supply side of manifold (2).
5-122
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-56. Oxygen BIBS Manifold, Replace.
5-123
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-37. Inhalator Mask Assembly.
This task covers: Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Faceseal Assembly
Harness
Retrofit Kit
Manifold Preformed Packing
Lubricant
Cloth, Line Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Inhalator mask assembly removed (para. 4-50).
Dual hose assembly removed (para. 5-39).
Inhalator mask demand/exhaust regulator removed
(para 5-38).
Repair. (figure 5-57)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be maintained
hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to oxygen system prework
procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
(1) Remove manifold (1) and manifold preformed packing (2) from faceseal (3).
(2) Remove straps (4) if damaged.
(3) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(4) Inspect all components and replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(5) Apply lubricant to preformed packing (2) and place into groove in faceseal (3).
(6) Install manifold (1) on faceseal (3).
5-124
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-57. Inhalator Mask Assembly, Repair.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1) Install inhalator mask demand/exhaust regulators (para. 5-38).
(2) Install dual hose assembly (para. 5-39).
(3) Install inhalator mask assembly (para. 4-50).
5-125
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-38. Inhalator Mask Demand/Exhaust Regulators
This task covers: Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Inhalator Mask Demand/Exhaust Regulators
Regulator to Manifold Preformed Packing
Grease, Halocarbon (Item 13, Appendix E)
Pin Locking Tool
Inhalator mask assembly removed (para. 4-50).
Dual hose assembly removed (para. 5-39).
Replace. (figure 5-58)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
NOTE
Procedures for replacement of demand regulator and exhaust regulator are the same for both. Demand
regulator replacement is used to illustrate procedure.
(1) Insert pin locking tool (drift) in hole (1) in manifold (2) and rotate demand regulator (3) until tool end drops into
detent in regulator (regulator no longer turns freely).
(2) Unscrew and remove demand regulator (3) and preformed packing (4).
(3) Apply grease to preformed packing (4) and install into groove in manifold (2).
(4) Install demand regulator (3) on manifold (2) and insert pin locking tool (drift) in hole (1) in manifold (2). Rotate
regulator until tool end drops into detent (regulator no longer turns freely).
(5) Rotate demand regulator (3) clockwise until tightly mounted on manifold (2).
(6) Remove pin locking tool. Check that demand regulator (3) rotates freely.
(7) Follow same procedure to replace exhaust regulator (5) and preformed packing (6).
5-126
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-58. Inhalator Mask Demand/Exhaust Regulators, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1)Install dual hose assembly (para. 5-39).
(2)Install inhalator mask assembly (para. 4-50).
5-127
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-39. Dual Hose Assembly.
This task covers: Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Dual Hose Assembly
Hose Clamps (2)
Gasket
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Inhalator mask assembly removed (para. 4-50).
a. Replace. (figure 5-59)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer
to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
NOTE
If the chamber is pressurized, the oxygen inhalator dual hose assembly may be passed in through M/L.
(1) Loosen fitting nut (1) from mask demand regulator connection (2) and remove supply hose (3) and gasket (4).
Discard gasket.
(2) Remove hose clamp (5) from exhaust regulator connection (6) and remove exhaust hose (7). Discard hose
clamp.
(3) Install exhaust hose (7) on exhaust regulator connection (6) and secure with new hose clamp (5).
(4) Install supply hose (3) and new gasket (4) on mask demand regulator connection (2) and tighten fitting (1).
5-128
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-59. Dual Hose Assembly, Replace.
5-129
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-39. Dual Hose Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 5-60)
(1) Remove dual hose assembly (para. a. above). Discard hose clamp.
(2) Remove hose clamp (1) from exhaust hose (2).
(3) Remove quick disconnect socket (3) from exhaust hose plug (4).
(4) Remove hose clamp (5) from exhaust hose (2) and remove exhaust hose plug (4). Discard hose clamp.
(5) Remove quick disconnect socket (6) from demand hose plug (7).
(6) Remove demand hose plug (7) from demand hose (8).
(7) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(8) Inspect all components and replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(9) Install demand hose plug (7) on demand hose (8).
(10) Install quick disconnect socket (6) on demand hose plug (7).
(11) Install new hose clamp (5) on exhaust hose (2).
(12) Install exhaust hose plug (4) on exhaust hose (2) and secure with hose clamp (5).
(13) Install quick disconnect socket (3) on exhaust hose plug (4).
(14) Install new hose clamp (1) on exhaust hose (2).
(15) Install dual hose assembly (para. a. above).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install inhalator mask assembly (para. 4-50).
5-130
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-60. Dual Hose Assembly, Repair.
5-131
TM 5-4220-227-14
2
5-40. O and Air Piping.
This task covers: Repair
b. Install
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Tubing Bender Set
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
1/4 in. Stainless Steel Tubing
1/4 in. Stainless Steel Tubing Connectors
Teflon Tape (Item 21, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 9, Appendix E)
Water, Distilled (Item 8, Appendix E)
Three
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
a. Replace. (figure 5-61)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer
to oxygen system prework procedures para 4-10 to avoid violating this warning .
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
For ease of maintenance it is best to remove the chamber control console with the oxygen manifold intact.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1) open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Ensure all oxygen bottle valves and the high pressure oxygen isolation valve (5) are closed.
(3) Close isolator valves ALP-013 (6), ALP-015 (7), ALP-016 (8) AND ALP-014 (9).
(4) Loosen fitting nut (10) and remove manifold (11).
(5) Remove two dump valves and silences OEX-037 (12) and OEX-038 (13) with silencers intact, refer to para. 535.
(6) Loosen fitting nut (14) and remove line (15).
5-132
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-61. 02 and Air Piping, Removal (Sheet 1 of 2).
5-133
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-40. 02 and Air Piping (Cont).
(7) Loosen fitting nuts (16) and (17) and remove lines (18) and (19).
(8) Loosen fitting nut (20) and remove line (21).
(9) Loosen fitting nuts (22) and (23) and remove lines (24) and (25).
CAUTION
• Ensure that personnel are on hand to hold the chamber control console when attaching hardware is
removed.
• Ensure space is readily available to place the console in a manner to prevent damage to the manifold
tubing attached to the back of the console or the gages and valves attached to the front.
• Ensure that the console is placed in a clean work area. Refer to para. 4-10. Oxygen System Prework
Procedures.
(10) Remove four nuts (26), washers (27), and screws (28) that secure the chamber control console (29) to the
enclosure frame (30).
(11) Remove console (29) from enclosure frame (30).
NOTE
For removal of valves, regulators and gages, refer to individual procedures.
There are two lines going to the BIBS manifold in the O/L and I/L. Removal of each line is the same.
(12) Loosen fitting nuts (31) and (32) and remove line (33).
(13) Loosen fitting nuts (34) and (35) and remove line (36).
(14) Check all connectors and tubing sections for wear or damage. Replace any lines by loosening the two fitting nuts
and removing the line.
(15) If any line is unserviceable, cut new tubing and bend to required shape using old line as a template.
5-134
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-61. 02 and Air Piping, Removal (Sheet 2 of 2).
5-135
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-40. 02 and Air Piping (Cont).
b. Install. (figure 5-62)
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon
tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that
when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may
result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to
the diver.
(1) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
NOTE
There are two lines going to the BIBS manifold in the O/L and I/L. Installation of each line is the same.
(2) Install line (1) and tighten fitting nuts (2) and (3).
(3) Install line (4) and tighten fitting nuts (5) and (6).
5-136
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-62. 02 and Air Piping, Installation (Sheet 1 of 2).
5-137
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-40. 02 and Air Piping (Cont).
NOTE
For installation of valves, regulators and gages, refer to individual procedures.
(4) Install chamber control console (7) on enclosure frame (8) and secure with four screws (9), washers (10) and nuts
(11).
(5) Install lines (12) and (13) and tighten fitting nuts (14) and (15).
(6) Install lines (16) and tighten fitting nuts (17).
(7) Install lines (18) and (19) and tighten fitting nuts (20) and (21).
(8) Install line (22) and tighten fitting nut (23).
(9) Install two dump valves and silencers OEX-038 (24) and OEX-037 (25). Refer to para. 5-35.
(10) Install fitting (26) secure manifold (27).
(11) Open isolator valves ALP-014 (28), ALP-016 (29), ALP-015 (30) and ALP-013 (31).
(12) Open high pressure oxygen isolation valve (32) and oxygen bottle valves.
(13) Pressurize system and check for leaks and proper operation.
(14) Remove two pins (33), supports (34), close enclosure door (35) and secure with two latches (36).
5-138
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-62. 02 and Air Piping, Installation (Sheet 2 of 2).
5-139
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-41. Air Supply Manifold.
This task covers: Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Materials/Parts
Air Supply Manifold
Pipe Clamp
Valve 3/4 in.
Tubing 3/4 in. (Stainless Steel)
Preformed Packing
Lubricant (Item 13, Appendix E)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Replace. (figure 5-63)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer
to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized prior to beginning this task.
(1) Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2) Remove six nuts (5), lockwashers (6), and screws (7) and remove enclosure manifold tray (8) and angle (9).
(3) Remove two fittings (10), tee (11), and fitting (12).
(4) Remove two low pressure air supply valves (13) and (14).
(5) Remove low pressure air supply gage (15).
(6) Remove elbow (16), fitting (17), elbow (18), nipple (19), tee (20), elbow and fitting (21), and reducer (22).
(7) Remove six nuts (23) and washers (24), and remove three U-bolts (25) from brackets (26).
5-140
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-63. Air Supply Manifold, Replace.
5-141/(5-142 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(8) Remove 16 nuts (27), washers (28), and bolts (29) and remove air supply manifold (30) and four preformed
packings (31).
(9) Install air supply manifold (30) and four preformed packings (31) and secure with 16 bolts (29), washers (28) and
nuts (27).
(10) Install three U-bolts (25) on bracket (26) and secure with six washers (24) and nuts (23).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon
tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that
when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may
result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to
the diver.
(11) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(12) Install reducer (22), elbow and fitting (21), tee (20), nipple (19), elbow (18), fitting (17), and elbow (16).
(13) Install low pressure air supply gage (15).
(14) Install two low pressure air supply valves (13) and (14).
(15) Install two fittings (10), tee (11), and fitting (12).
(16) Install angle (9) and enclosure manifold way (8) and secure with six screws (7), lockwashers (6), and nuts (5).
(17) Pressurize system and check for leaks.
(18) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
5-143
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-42. Ball Valves ¾ Inch (Air Supply Manifold).
This task covers: Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Ball Valve 3/4 inch
Valve Kit
a. Replace. (figure 5-64)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer
to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating
this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
This procedure is typical for all 3/4 inch valves on the air supply manifold. Remove only the suspected
faulty valve. It is not necessary to remove the entire air supply manifold to replace a valve.
(1) Hold connector (1) of valve (2) and remove pipe (3).
(2) Remove valve (2).
(3) Hold connector (4) of valve (5) and remove pipe (3).
(4) Remove valve (5).
(5) Hold connector (7) of valve (8) and remove pipe (9).
(6) Remove valve (8).
(7) Hold connector (10) of valve (11) and remove pipe (12).
(8) Remove valve (11).
5-144
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-64. Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Replace.
5-145
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-42. Ball Valves 3/4 Inch (Air Supply Manifold) (Cont).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon
tape will hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that
when the fitting is tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may
result in contamination or blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to
the diver.
(9) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(10) Install valve (11) and pipe (12) on manifold (13).
(11) Install valve (8) and pipe (9) on manifold (13).
(12) Install valve (5) and pipe (6) on manifold (13).
(13) Install valve (2) and pipe (3) on manifold (13).
(14) Pressurize system and check for leaks.
b. Repair. (figure 5-65)
NOTE
There are four ball valves. The repair of each valve is the same.
(1) Remove ball valves (para. a. above).
(2) Remove four nuts (1), bolts (2), connectors (3) and (4), and indicator tag (5) from valve body (6).
(3) Remove and discard two teflon seats (7).
(4) Remove ball (8) from valve body (6).
(5) Remove lever nut (9) and handle (10) from valve body (6).
(6) Remove gland nut (11) from stem (12).
(7) Remove and discard two teflon packings (13) and remove stem (12).
(8) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
5-146
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-65. Ball Valve 3/4 Inch, Repair.
5-147/(5-148 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(9) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(10) Install teflon packing (13) in valve body (6).
(11) Install stem (12) into valve body (6) and place teflon packing (13) onto stem.
(12) Install gland nut (11) on stem (12).
(13) Install handle (10) onto stem (12) and secure with lever nut (9).
(14) Install ball (8) and two teflon seats (7) in body valve (6).
(15) Install connectors (3) and (4) and indicator tag (5) and secure with four bolts (2) and nuts (1).
(16) Install ball valve (para. a. above).
5-149
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-43. Ball Valves 1 Inch (Air Supply Manifold).
This task covers: Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Ball Valve 1 inch
Ball Seats (2)
a. Replace. (figure 5-66)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer
to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage .
NOTE
This procedure is typical for both 1 inch valves on the air supply manifold. Remove only the suspected
faulty valve. It is not necessary to remove the entire air supply manifold to replace a valve.
(1) Remove two fittings (1), tee (2), and fitting (3).
(2) Remove two valves (4).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will hang
down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is tightened
the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or blockage of the air
system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(3) Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
5-150
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-66. Ball Valve 1 Inch, Replace.
5-151
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-43. Ball Valves 1 Inch (Air Supply Manifold) (Cont).
(4) Install two valves (4), fitting (3), tee (2), and two fittings (1).
(5) Pressurize system and check for leaks.
b. Repair. (figure 5-67)
NOTE
There are two ball valves. The repair of each valve is the same.
(1) Remove ball valves (para. a. above).
(2) Remove nut (1) and lever and grip (2).
(3) Remove gland nut (3), stem bearing (4), stem (5) and stem packing (6). Discard packing.
(4) Remove retainer (7), ball seat (8), valve ball (9) and ball seat (10) from valve body (11). Discard ball seats.
(5) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clear distilled water.
(6) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn or otherwise damaged.
(7) Install ball seat (10), valve ball (9), ball seat (8) in valve body (11) and secure with retainer (7).
(8) Install stem packing (6) on valve body (11).
(9) Install stem (5) and stem bearing (4) and secure with gland nut (3).
(10) Install lever and grip (2) on stem (5) and secure with nut (1).
(11) Install ball valve (para. a. above).
5-152
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-67. Ball Valve 1 Inch, Repair.
5-153
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-44. Air Exhaust Manifold.
This task covers: Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Plastic (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Manifold
Preformed Packing
Grease, Halocarbon (Item 13, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Air supply manifold removed (para. 5-41).
Replace. (figure 5-68)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer
to oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
NOTE
Ensure system is depressurized, prior to beginning this task. There are two air exhaust manifolds. The
replacement of each manifold is the same.
(1) Remove two nuts (1), washer (2), and U-bolt (3).
(2) Remove four nuts (4), bolts (5) and remove air exhaust manifold (6) and preformed packing (7).
(3) Install air exhaust manifold (6) and preformed packing (7), and secure with four bolts (5), and nuts (4).
(4) Install U-bolt (3) on bracket (8) and secure with two washers (2) and nuts (1).
(5) Pressurize system and check for leaks.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install air supply manifold (para. 5-41).
5-154
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-68. Air Exhaust Manifold, Replace.
5-155
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-45. Ball Valves 1 1/4 Inch (Air Exhaust Manifold).
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Bands, Plastic (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Ball Valve 1 1/4 Inch
Valve Kit
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Air exhaust manifold removed (para. 5-44).
Replace. (figure 5-69)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
CAUTION
Use two wrenches to remove and install all piping components to avoid damage.
(1)
Hold connector (1) and remove pipe (2).
(2)
Remove valve (3) from manifold (4).
(3)
Hold connector (5) and remove pipe (6).
(4)
Remove valve (7) from manifold (4).
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(5)
Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
5-156
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-69. Ball Valve 1 1/4 Inch, Replace.
5-157
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-45. Ball Valves 1 1/4 Inch (Air Exhaust Manifold) (Cont).
(6)
Install valve (7) and pipe (6) on manifold (4).
(7)
Install valve (3) and pipe (2) on manifold (4).
b. Repair. (figure 5-70).
NOTE
There are six ball valves. The repair of each valve is the same.
(1)
Remove ball valve (para. a. above).
(2)
Remove four nuts (1), bolts (2), connector (3) and (4), and indicator tag (5) from valve body (6).
(3)
Remove and discard two teflon seats (7).
(4)
Remove ball (8) from valve body (6).
(5)
Remove lever nut (9) and handle (10) from valve body (6).
(6)
Remove gland nut (11) from stem (12) and remove stem (12).
(7)
Remove and discard two teflon packings (13).
(8)
Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(9)
Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(10) Place one teflon packing (13) onto stem (12) and install stem (12) into valve body (6).
(11) Install second teflon packing (13) in valve body (6).
(12) Install gland nut (11) on stem (12).
(13) Install handle (10) onto stem (12) and secure with lever nut (9).
(14) Install ball (8) and two teflon seats (7) in body valve (6).
(15) Install connectors (3) and (4) and indicator tag (5) and secure with four bolts (2) and nuts (1).
(16) Install ball valve (para. a. above).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install air exhaust manifold (para. 5-44).
5-158
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-70. Ball Valve 1 1/4 Inch, Repair.
5-159
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-46. Depth Gages.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Depth Gage
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15)
Replace. (figure 5-71)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
NOTE
There are three depth gages. Replacement of each gage is the same.
(1)
Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2) and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2)
Close isolator valve (5) to the depth gage (6).
(3)
Disconnect fitting (7) from rear center of the depth gage (6).
CAUTION
Hold the depth gage securely in place as the last screw is removed. Do not crimp or bend tubing.
(4)
Remove three nuts (8), lockwashers (9), and screws (10) and remove depth gage (6) from chamber control
console (11).
(5)
Remove adapter (12) from rear of depth gage (6).
5-160
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-71. Depth Gages, Replace.
5-161(5-162 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(5)
Apply teflon tape to all pipe threads.
(6)
Install adapter (12) on new depth gage (6).
(7)
Install gage (6) in place and hand tighten fitting (7) making sure not to cross-thread.
(8)
Install three screws (10), lockwashers (9), and nuts (8).
(9)
Tighten fitting (7) on depth gage (6).
(10) Open isolator valve (5) to depth gage (6).
(11) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
5-163
TM 5-4220-227-14
5-47. Caisson Gages.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Materials/Parts
Caison Gage
Replace. (figure 5-72)
NOTE
There are two caisson gages, one in the O/L and the other in the I/L. Replacement of each gage is the
same.
(1)
Remove three nuts (1), lockwashers (2), and screws (3).
(2)
Remove caisson gage (4) from bracket (5).
(3)
Install caisson gage (4) on bracket (5) and secure with three screws (3), lockwashers (2), and nuts (1).
5-164
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 5-72. Caisson Gages, Replace.
5-165/(5-166 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
CHAPTER 6
GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Page
OVERVIEW
Section I.
Section II.
Section III.
.................................................................................................................................. 6-1
Repair Parts; Special Tools; Test, Measurement, Diagnostic Equipment
(TMDE); and Support Equipment ............................................................................... 6-1
General Support Troubleshooting Instructions............................................................ 6-3
Preparation for Shipment or Storage ......................................................................... 6-102
OVERVIEW
This chapter provides for maintenance of the 3-Person Recompression Chamber by General Support maintenance
personnel.
Section I. REPAIR PARTS; SPECIAL TOOLS; TEST, MEASUREMENT,
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE); AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Paragraph
6-1
6-2
Page
Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment................................................................. 6-1
Repair Parts .................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-1. Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment . For a listing of special tools, TMDE, and support equipment
authorized for use on this equipment, refer to the Repair Parts and Special Tools List, TM 5-4220-227-24P and the
maintenance allocation chart (MAC), appendix B of this manual.
6-2. Repair Parts. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List for 3-Person
Recompression Chamber, TM 5-4220-227-24P.
6-1/(6-2 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Paragraph
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
Page
General ......................................................................................................................... 6-3
Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly ................................................................................... 6-4
Medical Lock Assembly ................................................................................................. 6-8
Calibration of Gages and Valves ................................................................................... 6-11
View Port Assembly ....................................................................................................... 6-12
Shell Penetrators ........................................................................................................... 6-16
Pressure Relief Valve .................................................................................................... 6-28
Skid ............................................................................................................................... 6-32
Heater/Chiller Module .................................................................................................... 6-35
Condensing Unit Hermetic ............................................................................................. 6-42
Low Pressure Control .................................................................................................... 6-50
Control Box Assembly ................................................................................................... 6-54
Shroud Assembly .......................................................................................................... 6-62
Pump Assembly ............................................................................................................ 6-64
High Temperature Control Unit ...................................................................................... 6-68
Low Temperature Control Unit ....................................................................................... 6-72
Motor (CO2 Scrubber Assembly) ................................................................................... 6-76
Portable Oxygen Analyzer ............................................................................................. 6-80
Pressure Regulator ........................................................................................................ 6-86
Back Pressure Regulators ............................................................................................. 6-90
Oxygen Shutoff Valve ................................................................................................... 6-94
Isolator Valve ................................................................................................................ 6-98
Demand and Exhaust Regulators .................................................................................. 6-100
6-3. General. This section contains general support maintenance procedures as authorized by the MAC in appendix B
of this manual.
6-3
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-4. Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly
Preformed Packing
Grease (Item 13, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
a. Replace. (figure 6-1)
NOTE
Before beginning procedure, mark doors TOP and/or BOTTOM to aid in correct installation. The inner and
outer lock doors are the same. Replacement of door is the same.
(1)
Remove cotter pin (1) from hinge pin assembly (2). Discard cotter pin.
(2)
Holding door assembly (3), remove hinge pin assembly (2) from bulkhead hinge block (4) and hinge assembly
(5) along with hinge bushings (6) and (7). Discard worn bushings.
(3)
Remove door assembly (3).
(4)
Using lint free cloth, remove old grease from hinge pin assembly (2), hinge assembly (5) and bulkhead hinge
block (4)
(5)
Apply grease to bushings (6) and (7).
(6)
Install bushings (6) and (7) in hinge assembly (5).
(7)
Install hinge pin assembly (2) through bulkhead hinge block (4) and through hinge assembly (5).
(8)
Install cotter pin (1) through hinge pin assembly (2).
(9)
Lubricate and install new preformed packing (8).
6-4
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-1. Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly, Replace.
6-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-4. Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly.
b. Repair. (figure 6-2)
(1)
Remove door assembly (para. a. above).
(2)
Remove cotter pin (1) and hinge pin assembly (2) from door assembly hinge block (3), and remove hinge
assembly (4).
(3)
Remove two bushings (5).
(4)
Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(5)
Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(6)
Apply grease to two bushings (5) and install in hinge assembly (4).
(7)
Install hinge assembly (4) in door assembly hinge block (3) and install hinge pin assembly (2).
(8)
Install cotter pin (1) in hinge pin assembly (2).
(9)
Install door assembly (para. a. above).
6-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-2. Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly, Repair.
6-7
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-5. Medical Lock Assembly.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Preformed Packing
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Medical Lock Assembly
Lock Pin Assembly
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Medical lock shut down (para. 2-15).
Repair. (figure 6-3)
(1)
Remove seal ring (1) from the medical lock assembly (2).
(2)
Remove two preformed packings (3) from seal ring (1).
(3)
Remove nut (4), lockwasher (5), and remove handle (6).
(4)
Remove nut (7), lockwasher (8), two washers (9), and bolt (10) and remove lock pin (11) from lock arm (12).
(5)
Remove screw (13), washers (14), lock arm (12), washer (15), and fitting (16).
(6)
Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(7)
Inspect all item and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(8)
Install fitting (16), washer (15), lock arm (12), washer (14), and screws (13).
(9)
Install lock arm (12) in lock pin (11) and secure with bolt (10), two washers (9), lockwasher (8), and nut (7).
(10) Install handle (6) on lock pin (11) and secure with lockwasher (5) and nut (4).
(11) Install two preformed packings (3) on seal ring (1).
(12) Install seal ring (1) in medical lock assembly (2).
6-8
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-3. Medical Lock Assembly, Repair.
6-9/(6-10 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-6. Calibration of Gages and Valves.
This task covers:
Calibrate
Calibrate.
NOTE
This procedure applies to Depressurization Valve and Gage, Pressure Relief Valve, Pressure Gages 02
(HP/LP), Depth Gage and Caisson Gage.
All gages are calibrated according to TB 9-4220-216-35, Calibration Procedure for Pressure Gages used with Diving
Equipment (General).
6-11
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-7. View Port Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Halocarbon Grease (Item 13, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
View Port Assembly
Gasket
Preformed Packing
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Two
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
a. Replace. (figure 6-4)
NOTE
There are four view port assemblies. Replacement of each view port is the same.
(1)
Remove eight screws (1), plate (2), and seal (3).
(2)
Then have second person on outside, gently tap and/or push with his hand on view port assembly until person
inside can remove window lens (4) and gasket (5) from mounting flange (6).
(3)
Install gasket (5), window lens (4), and seal (3) on mounting flange (6).
(4)
Install plate (2) and secure with eight screws (1).
6-12
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-4. View Port Assembly, Replace.
6-13
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-7. View Port Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 6-5)
NOTE
The view port assembly is disassembled to remove.
(1)
Remove view port assembly (para. a. above).
(2)
Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(3)
Inspect mounting flange (1) and replace if bent, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(4)
Inspect window lens (2) for crack and replace if cracked or otherwise damaged.
(5)
Apply grease to gasket (3) and preformed packing (4).
(6)
Install view port assembly (para. a. above).
6-14
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-5. View Port Assembly, Repair.
6-15
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-8. Shell Penetrators.
This task covers:
a. Replace Electrical and Water
Penetrator
b. Replace Oxygen Penetrator
c. Replace Electrical/O2 Penetrator
d. Replace Blank Penetrator
e.
f.
g.
h.
Repair Electrical and Water Penetrator
Repair Oxygen Penetrator
Repair Electrical/O2 Penetrator
Repair Blank Penetrator
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Soldering Gun
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled, Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Personnel Required
Materials/Parts
Two
Blank Penetrator
Gasket
Preformed Packing
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Grease (Item 13, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Water valves removed (para. 4-30).
a. Replace Electrical and Water Penetrator. (figure 6-6)
(1)
Remove two screws (1) and remove cover (2) from junction box (3).
(2)
Remove two screws (4) and remove cover (5) from conduit elbow (6).
(3)
Tag and disconnect wires from junction box (3) and from conduit elbow (6).
(4)
Remove conduit elbow (6) from fitting (7).
(5)
Remove self-locking nuts (8) and remove junction box (3).
(6)
Remove two fittings (7) and preformed packing (9) from two fittings (10).
(7)
Remove two fittings (10) from penetrator plate (11).
(8)
Remove two fittings (12) from penetrator plate (11).
(9)
Loosen two fitting nuts (13) and remove lines (14).
(10) Remove two elbows (15) from penetrator plate (11).
(11) Remove eight screws (16) and remove mounting flange (17) and preformed packing (18).
6-16
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-6. Electrical and Water Penetrator, Replace.
6-17
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-8. Shell Penetrators (Cont).
(12) Have mechanic outside tapping and/or pushing with his hand on penetrator plate (11) inward so that penetrator
plate can be removed from inside of chamber.
(13) Remove and discard gasket (19).
(14) Install gasket (19) in penetrator flange (20).
(15) Install penetrator plate (11) and preformed packing (18).
(16) Install mounting flange (17) and secure with eight screws (16).
(17) Install two elbows (15) on penetrator plate (11).
(18) Install two lines (14) and tighten fitting nuts (13).
(19) Install two fittings (12) on penetrator plate (11).
(20) Install two fittings (10), preformed packing (9), and fitting (7) on penetrator plate (11).
(21) Install junction box (3) and secure with self-locking nut (8).
(22) Install conduit elbow (6) on fitting (7).
(23) Connect wires in conduit elbow (6) and junction box (3).
(24) Install cover (5) and secure with two screws (4).
(25) Install cover (2) and secure with two screws (1).
b. Replace Oxygen Penetrator. (figure 6-7)
(1)
Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2)
Loosen two fitting nuts (5) and remove lines (6) and (7) and fitting nuts (5).
(3)
Loosen fitting nut (8) and remove line (9) and fitting (10).
(4)
Remove plug (11) from male tube connector (12).
(5)
Remove remove male tube connector (12).
(6)
Remove four nuts (13) and bolts (14) and remove flange (15) and preformed packing (16).
(7)
Install preformed packing (16) and flange (15) and secure with four bolts (14) and nuts (13).
(8)
Install male tube connector (12).
6-18
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-7. Oxygen Penetrator, Replace.
6-19
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-8. Shell Penetrators (Cont).
(9)
Install plug (11) into male tube connector (12).
(10) Install fitting (10) and line (9) and tighten fitting nut (8).
(11) Install two fitting nuts (5).
(12) Install two lines (6) and (7) and tighten fitting nuts (5).
(13) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2), and secure with two latches (1).
c. Replace Electrical/02 Penetrator. (figure 6-8)
(1)
Unlatch two latches (1), open enclosure door (2), and install two supports (3) and pins (4).
(2)
Loosen two fitting nuts (5) and remove lines (6) and (7) and fitting nuts (5).
(3)
Loosen fitting nut (8) and remove line (9) and fitting (10).
(4)
Remove plug (11) from speakers (12).
(5)
Desolder wires from connector (11).
(6)
Remove spiral wrap (13).
(7)
Remove electrical penetrator (14) from fitting (15) and pull wires out.
(8)
Remove preformed packing (16) and fitting (15).
(9)
Remove four nuts (17) and bolts (18) and remove flange (19) and preformed packing (20).
(10) Install preformed packing (20) and flange (19) and secure with four bolts (18) and nuts (17).
(11) Install fitting (15) and preformed packing (16).
(12) Insert wires through penetrator and install electrical penetrator (14) on fitting (15).
(13) Solder wires on connector (11).
(14) Install spiral wrap (13).
(15) Install connector (11) on speakers (12).
(16) Install fitting (10) and line (9) and tighten fitting nut (8).
(17) Install two fitting nuts (5).
(18) Install two lines (6) and (7) and tighten fitting nuts (5).
(19) Remove two pins (4), supports (3), close enclosure door (2) and secure with two latches (1).
6-20
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-8. Electrical/O2 Penetrator, Replace.
6-21
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-8. Shell Penetrators (Cont).
d. Replace Blank Penetrator. (figure 6-9)
(1)
Remove four nuts (1), lockwashers (2), and bolts (3).
(2)
Remove cover blank plate (4) and preformed packing (5).
(3)
Install preformed packing (5) and cover blank plate (4) and secure with four bolts (3), lockwasher (2), and nuts
(1).
6-22
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-9. Blank Penetrator, Replace.
6-23
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-8. Shell Penetrators (Cont).
e. Repair Electrical and Water Penetrator. (figure 6-10)
(1) Remove electrical and water penetrator (para. a. above).
(2) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(3) Inspect mounting flange (1) and replace if bent, cracked, stripped threads, or otherwise damaged.
(4) Inspect elbow (2) and fittings (3), (4), and (5), and replace if stripped threads, cracks, or otherwise
damaged.
(5) Inspect penetrator plate (6) and replace is stripped threads, bent, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(6) Apply grease to gasket (7) and preformed packing (8) and (9).
(7) Install electrical and water penetrators (para. a. above).
Figure 6-10. Electrical and Water Penetrators, Repair.
6-24
TM 5-4220-227-14
f. Repair Oxygen Penetrator. (figure 6-11)
(1) Remove oxygen penetrator (para. a. above).
(2) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(3) Inspect flange (1) and replace if stripped threads, bent, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(4) Inspect two tube unions (2), male tube connector (3), fitting (4), and plug (5), and replace if stripped
threads, bent, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(5) Apply grease to preformed packing (6).
(6) Install oxygen penetrator (para. b. above).
Figure 6-11. Oxygen Penetrator, Repair.
6-25
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-8. Shell Penetrators (Cont).
g. Repair Electrical/O2Penetrator. (figure 6-12)
(1) Remove electrical/O2 penetrator (para. c. above).
(2) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(3) Inspect flange (1) and replace if stripped threads, bent, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(4) Inspect two tube unions (2), male tube connector (3), fitting (4) and replace if stripped threads, bent,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(5) Inspect electrical penetrator (5) and replace if stripped threads, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(6) Apply grease to two preformed packings (6).
(7) Install electrical/O2 penetrator (para. c. above).
Figure 6-12. Electrical/O2 Penetrator, Repair.
6-26
TM 5-4220-227-14
h. Repair Blank Penetrator. (figure 6-13)
(1) Remove blank penetrator (para. d. above).
(2) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(3) Inspect cover, blank plate (1) and replace if stripped threads, bent, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
(4) Apply grease to preformed packing (2).
(5) Install blank penetrator (para. d. above).
Figure 6-13. Blank Penetrator, Repair.
6-27
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-9. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE.
This task covers:
a. Repair
b. Calibrate
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Pressure Relief Valve
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Pressure relief valve removed (para. 5-9).
a. Repair. (figure 6-14)
(1) Remove rivet (1) and lever (2) from left cap (3).
(2) Remove seal (4), screw (5) and remove left cap (3).
(3) Remove left nut (6) from stem (7).
(4) Remove seal (8), screw (9), (10), and (11) from body (12).
(5) Remove nozzle (13), top spring step (14), spring (15), and bottom spring step (16) from stem (7).
(6) Remove stem (7) from nozzle (13).
(7) Remove retainer (17), locknut retainer (18), ball (19), control ring (20), and ring (21) from nozzle (13).
(8) Remove locknut compression screw (22) and locknut (23) from body (12).
(9) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(10) Inspect all components and replace any component that is bent, cracked, worn or otherwise damaged.
(11) Install locknut (23) and locknut compression (22) on body (12).
(12) Install ring (21), control ring (20), ball (19), locknut retainer (18) and retainer (17) on nozzle (13).
(13) Install stem (7) in nozzle (13).
(14) Install bottom spring step (16), spring (15) and top spring step (14) on stem (7).
(15) Install nozzle (13) with stem (7) in body (12).
6-28
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-14. Pressure Relief Valve, Repair.
6-29/(6-30 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(16) Install screw (11), (10), and screw (9) and install seal (8).
(17) Install left nut (6), left cap (3), and screw (5).
(18) Install seal (4).
(19) Install lever (2) and secure with rivet (1).
(20) Bag valve until ready to install.
b. Calibrate. Refer to paragraph 6-6.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install pressure relief valve (para. 5-9).
6-31
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-10.
Skid.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
General Mechanic's Tool Kit (NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Repair. (figure 6-15)
(1) Repair cracks in skid (1) by welding. Refer to TM 9-237 for welding instructions.
(2) Inspect two travel bar hold down fittings (2) and replace if threads are stripped or fittings are otherwise damaged.
6-32
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-15. Skid, Repair.
6-33/(6-34 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-11.
Heater/Chiller Module.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Recovery and Replacing Unit, Refrigerant
Ethylene Glycol (Item 10, Appendix E)
Refrigerant-22 (Item 23, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Heater/chiller module removed (para. 4-28).
Coil Element
Evaporator Coil
Repair. Refer to the heater/chiller module flow diagram (figure 6-16) and electrical schematic (figure 6-17) when
repairing the heater/chiller module.
WARNING
Death or serious injury may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions when handling liquid
refrigerant. Use great care to avoid contact with liquid refrigerant or refrigerant gas being discharged
under pressure. Sudden and irreversible tissue damage can result from freezing. Wear thermal protective
gloves and a face protector or goggles in any situation where skin-eye-contact is possible.
Prevent contact of refrigerant gas with flame or hot surfaces. Heat causes the refrigerant to break down
and form carbonyl chloride (phosgene), a highly poisonous and corrosive gas.
NOTE
In accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations refrigerants cannot be discharged into
the atmosphere. A refrigerant recovery and recycling unit must be used whenever discharging the
refrigerant system.
Operation of the recovery/recycling unit must be by AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY.
6-35
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-11.
Heater/Chiller Module (Cont).
Figure 6-16. Heater/Chiller Module Flow Diagram.
6-36
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-17. Heater/Chiller Module Electrical Schematic.
6-37
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-11.
Heater/Chiller Module (Cont).
(1) Replacement of heating element. (figure 6-18)
(a) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(b) Remove two screws (3) and remove cover (4).
(c) Tag and disconnect electrical plug leads (5) from control box (6).
(d) Remove two self-locking nut (7) and remove electrical plug (8).
(e) Remove two screws (9) and lockwashers (10) and remove bracket (11).
(f) Remove four screws (12) and lockwashers (13) and remove two brackets (14).
(g) Remove two screws (15) and remove cover (16) from junction box (17).
(h) Tag and disconnect four wires (18).
(i) Remove two self-locking nuts (19) and remove two connectors (20).
(j) Remove heating element (21).
(k) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(I) Inspect all components and replace any component that is burnt, cracked, stripped threads or
otherwise damaged.
(m) Install heating element (21).
(n) Install two connectors (20) and secure with two self-locking nuts (19).
(o) Connect four wires (18) to junction box (17).
(p) Install cover (16) on junction box (17) and secure with two screws (15).
(q) Install two brackets (14) and secure with four screws (12) and lockwashers (13).
(r) Install bracket (11) and secure with two screws (9) and lockwashers (10).
(s) Install electrical plug (8) and install two self-locking nuts (7).
(t) Connect electrical plug leads (5) in control box (6).
(u) Install cover (4) and secure with two screws (3).
(v) Install cover (2) and secure with 14 screws (1).
6-38
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-18. Heater/Chiller Module, Repair (Sheet 1 of 3).
6-39
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-11.
Heater/Chiller Module (Cont).
Figure 6-18. Heater/Chiller Module, Repair (Sheet 2 of 3).
(2) Replacement of evaporator coil. (figure 6-18)
(a) Discharge refrigerant-22 from system.
(b) Carefully unwrap insulation from discharge pipe of evaporator coil (1) and thermal expansion valve
probe (2).
(c) Break refrigerant line by loosen nut (3) on discharge side of thermal expansion valve (4).
(d) Loosen nut (5) on input side of compressor (6).
(e) Carefully lift evaporator coil (7) out of reservoir (8).
(f) Clean evaporator coil using nonionic detergent cleaner and use with clean distilled water.
(g) Inspect evaporator coil for damage. Test for refrigerant leaks. Replace if damaged.
(h) Carefully install evaporator coil (7) into reservoir (8).
(i) Reconnect and tighten nut (5) on input side of compressor (6).
(j) Reconnect and tighten nut (3) on discharge side of thermal expansion valve (4).
6-40
TM 5-4220-227-14
(k) Rewrap insulation around discharge pipe of evaporator coil (1) and thermal expansion valve probe
(2).
NOTE
The system must be evacuated before charging. Use only Refrigerant-22 to charge the unit. If available,
use recycled refrigerant.
(l) Recharge unit.
Figure 6-18. Heater/Chiller Module, Repair (Sheet 3 of 3).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install heater/chiller module (para. 4-28).
6-41
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-12.
Condensing Unit Hermetic.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b.
Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Recovery and Recycling Unit, Refrigerant
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Refrigerant-22 (Item 23, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Condensing Unit Hermetic
Band, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Heater/chiller module removed (para. 4-28).
a. Replace. (figure 6-19)
WARNING
Death or serious injury may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions when handling liquid
refrigerant. Use great care to avoid contact with liquid refrigerant or refrigerant gas being discharged
under pressure. Sudden and irreversible tissue damage can result from freezing. Wear thermal protective
gloves and a face protector or goggles in any situation where skin-eye-contact is possible.
Prevent contact of refrigerant gas with flame or hot surfaces. Heat causes the refrigerant to break down
and form carbonyl chloride (phosgene), a highly poisonous and corrosive gas.
NOTE
In accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations refrigerants cannot be discharged into
the atmosphere. A refrigerant recovery and recycling unit must be used whenever discharging the
refrigerant system.
Operation of the recovery/recycling unit must be by AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY.
(1) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove six nuts (3), washers (4), and bolts (5).
(3) Loosen fitting nut (6) and separate from line (7).
(4) Loosen fitting (8) and separate from line (7).
6-42
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-19. Condensing Unit Hermetic, Replace.
6-43
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-12.
Condensing Unit Hermetic (Cont).
(5) Remove insulation and separate probe (9) from line (7).
(6) Remove condensing unit (10) from module base (11).
(7) Install condensing unit (10) on module base (11).
(8) Install line (7) on probe (9) and wrap with insulation.
(9) Install fitting (8) and tighten fitting (8) and nut (6).
(10) Install six bolts (5), washers (4) and nuts (3).
(11) Install cover (2) and secure with 14 screws (1).
b. Repair.
(1) Replace fan motor. (figure 6-20).
(a) Remove four bolts (1) and remove fan guard (2).
(b) Remove four blind head screws (3) and remove fan motor (4).
(c) Remove fan blade (5) from fan motor (4).
(d) Remove four screws (6) and bracket (7) from fan motor (4).
(e) Remove two screws (8) and remove conduit bracket (9).
(f) Loosen screw (10) on connector (11) and remove connector.
(g) Remove two anti-short bushings (12) and flex conduit (13).
(h) Install two anti-short bushings (12) and flex conduit (13).
(i) Install connector (11) on conduit (13) and tighten screw (10).
(j) Install conduit bracket (9) and secure with two screws (8).
(k) Install bracket (7) on fan motor (4) and secure with four screws (6).
(/) Install fan blade (5) on fan motor (4).
(m) Install fan motor (4) and secure with four blind-head screws (3).
(n) Install fan guard (2) and secure with four bolts (1).
6-44
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-20. Condensing Unit Hermetic Fan Motor, Replace.
6-45
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-12.
Condensing Unit Hermetic (Cont).
(2) Replace condenser. (figure 6-21).
(a) Remove shroud (para. 6-15).
(b) Remove condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
(c) Desolder tube discharge connector (1) and liquid tube (2).
(d) Remove two self-lock nuts (3), bolts (4) and remove condenser (5).
(e) Install condenser (5) and secure with two bolts (4) and self-locking nuts (3).
(f) Solder liquid tube (2) and tube discharge connector (1) to condenser (5).
(g) Install condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
(h) Install shroud (para. 6-15).
Figure 6-21. Condensing Unit Hermetic Condenser, Replace.
6-46
TM 5-4220-227-14
(3) Replace receiver tank. (figure 6-22).
(a) Remove condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
(b) Loosen fitting nut (1) and remove line (2).
(c) Desolder liquid tube (3) from receiver tank (4).
(d) Remove nut (5) and lockwasher (6) and remove receiver tank (4).
(e) Install receiver tank (4) and secure with lockwasher (6) and nut (5).
(f) Solder liquid tube (3) to receiver tank (4).
(g) Install line (2) and tighten fitting nut (1).
(h) Install condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
Figure 6-22. Condensing Unit Hermetic Receiver Tank, Replace.
6-47
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-12.
Condensing Unit Hermetic (Cont).
(4) Replace compressor. (figure 6-23).
(a) Remove condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
(b) Desolder tube (1) from tube discharge connector (2).
(c) Remove screw (3) and tube clip (4).
(d) Remove four nuts (5), lockwashers (6), grommets (7), locknuts (8), and studs (9) and remove
compressor (10).
(e) Install four studs (9), locknuts (8), and grommets (7).
(f) Install compressor (10) and secure with lockwashers (6), and nuts (5).
(g) Install tube clip (4) and screw (3).
(h) Solder tube (1) on tube discharge connector (2).
(i) Install condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
Figure 6-23. Condensing Unit Hermetic Compressor, Replace.
6-48
TM 5-4220-227-14
(5) Replace filter and sight glass line. (figure 6-24).
(a) Remove condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
(b) Remove coil (1) and loosen fitting nut (2) and remove from expansion valve (3) from line (4).
(c) Loosen fitting nut (5) and remove line (4).
(d) Loosen fitting nut (6) and remove from expansion valve (3).
(e) Desolder flare filter drier (7) and sight glass (8) from line (4).
(f) Solder sight glass (8) and flare filter drier (7) on line (4).
(g) Install expansion valve (3) and tighten fitting nut (2).
(h) Install coil (1).
(i) Install line (4) and tighten fitting nuts (6) and (5).
(j) Install condensing unit hermetic (para. a. above).
Figure 6-24. Condensing Unit Hermetic Filter and Sight Glass Line, Replace.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install heater/chiller module (para. 4-28).
6-49
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-13.
Low Pressure Control.
This task covers:
Replace
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Tape, Teflon (Item 21, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Low Pressure Control
Band, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Replace. (figure 6-25)
(1) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove pressure connector assembly (3) from compressor (4).
(3) Remove two screws (5) and remove cover (6) from control box (7).
(4) Tag and disconnect two wires (8) from control box (7).
(5) Remove connector assembly (9) and reducer washer (10) from control box (7) and remove pressure
control (11).
(6) Loosen captive screw (12) and remove cover (13).
(7) Remove rigid conduit (14) from connector assembly (15).
(8) Remove connector assembly (15) from pressure control (11).
(9) Install connector assembly (15) on pressure control (11).
(10) Install rigid conduit (14) on connector assembly (15).
(11) Install cover (13) and secure with captive screw (12).
(12) Install connector assembly (9), reducer washer (10), and rigid conduit (14) with pressure control (11) on
control box (7).
(13) Connect two wires (8) on control box (7).
(14) Install cover (6) and secure with two screws (5).
6-50
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-25. Low Pressure Control, Replace.
6-51/(6-52 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
WARNING
Leave 1 1/2 threads exposed on fitting when applying teflon tape. This will ensure that no teflon tape will
hang down inside the air system. Teflon tape should be wrapped in such a manner that when the fitting is
tightened the tape will not loosen. Failure to wrap teflon tape correctly may result in contamination or
blockage of the air system and subsequent possible injury or death to the diver.
(15) Apply teflon tape to pressure connector assembly (3) threads.
(16) Install pressure connector assembly (3) on compressor (4).
(17) Install cover (2) and secure with 14 screws (1).
6-53
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-14.
Control Box Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b.
Repair
INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Equipment Condition
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Multimeter
Low pressure control removed (para. 6-13).
Materials/Parts
Control Box Assembly
a. Replace. (figure 6-26)
(1) Remove two screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Tag and disconnect wires (3) from control box (4).
(3) Remove five self-locking nut (5) and remove five connector (6).
(4) Remove two screws (7) and remove control box (4).
(5) Install control box (4) and secure with two screws (7).
(6) Install five connectors (6) and secure with five self-locking nuts (5).
(7) Connect 14 wires (3) to control box (4).
(8) Install cover (2) and secure with two screws (1).
6-54
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-26. Control Box, Replace.
6-55
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-14. Control Box Assembly.
b. Repair.
(1) Test relay. (figure 6-27)
(a) Remove cover of control box (para. a. above).
WARNING
Serious injury or death may result from electrical shock. Ensure that the 220 and 110 Vac external
electrical power sources are disconnected before working inside the heater/chiller module.
(b) Apply power to chamber.
schematic, figure 6-27).
Using a multimeter, test for voltage across terminals 1 and 2 of relay (refer to
(c) Turn SWT-022 ON and check for voltage across terminals S and M. If no voltage is read, replace relay.
(d) Disconnect chamber from power source.
(e) Replace cover of control box (para. a. above).
6-56
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-27. Control Box Electrical, Schematic.
6-57
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-14. Control Box Assembly.
(2) Replace toggle switch. (figure 6-28)
NOTE
There are two toggle switches in Control Box Assembly, replacement is for both.
(a) Remove two screws (1) and pull cover (2) away from box (3).
(b) Tag and disconnect leads going to switch (4).
(c) Remove nut (5) and remove switch (4).
(d) Install new switch (4), ensure switch is properly orientated, and secure with nut (5).
(e) Connect and untag leads to switch (4).
(f) Install cover (2) on control box (3) and secure with two screws (1).
(3) Replace relay. (figure 6-28)
(a) Remove two screws (1) securing cover (2) and pull cover (2) away from box (3).
(b) Tag and disconnect leads going to relay (6).
(c) Remove screws (7) and remove relay (6).
(d) Install new relay (6) and secure with screws (7).
(e) Connect and untag leads to relay (6).
(f) Install cover (2) on control box (3) and secure with two screws (1).
(4) Replace terminal board. (figure 6-28)
(a) Remove two screws (1) securing cover (2) and pull cover (2) away from box (3).
(b) Tag and disconnect leads from terminal boards (8).
(c) Remove screws (9) and remove terminal boards (8) and insulator (10).
(d) Inspect insulator (10) and replace if cracked or otherwise damaged.
(e) Install insulator (10) and new terminal boards (8) and secure with screws (9).
(f) Connect and untag leads to terminal boards (8).
(g) Install cover (2) on control box (3) and secure with two screws (1).
6-58
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-28. Control Box, Repair.
6-59/(6-60 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(5) Replace fuse block. (figure 6-28)
(a) Remove two screws (1) and pull cover (2) away from box (3).
(b) Tag and remove three fuses (11).
(c) Tag and disconnect leads from fuse block (12).
(d) Remove two nuts (13) and remove fuse block (12).
(e) Install new fuse block (12) and secure with two nuts (13).
(f) Connect and untag leads to fuse block (12).
(g) Install three fuses (11) as tagged.
(h) Install cover (2) on control box (3) and secure with two screws (1).
(6) Replace capacitor. (figure 6-28)
(a) Remove two screws (1) and pull cover (2) away from box (3).
(b) Tag and disconnect leads from capacitor (14).
(c) Remove screw (15) and strap (16) and remove capacitor (14).
(d) Install new capacitor (14) and secure with strap (16) and screw (15).
(e) Connect and untag leads to capacitor (14).
(f) Install cover (2) on control box (3) and secure with two screws (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install low pressure control (para. 6-13).
6-61
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-15. Shroud Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Shroud Assembly
Replace. (figure 6-29)
(1) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove two screws (3) and (4) and remove fan guard (5).
(3) Remove two shroud clips (6).
(4) Remove six screws (7) and remove shroud (8).
(5) Install shroud (8) and secure with six screws (7).
(6) Install two shroud clip (6).
(7) Install fan guard (5) and secure with two screws (3) and (4).
(8) Install cover (2) and secure with 14 screws (1).
6-62
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-29. Shroud Assembly, Replace.
6-63
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-16. Pump Assembly.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Pump Assembly
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
a. Replace. (figure 6-30)
WARNING
Serious injury or death may result from electrical shock. Ensure that the 220 VAC external electrical
power sources are disconnected before working inside the heater/ chiller module.
(1) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2) from heater/chiller module (3).
(2) Tag and disconnect electrical leads (4) from junction box (5).
(3) Loosen screw (6) on clamp (7) and remove supply hose (8) from fitting (9).
(4) Remove fitting (9) from collar (10) and remove collar from pump (11).
(5) Remove four nuts (12), washers (13), and bolts (14).
(6) Loosen screw (15) on clamp (16) and remove return hose (17) from elbow (18).
(7) Remove pump (11) and remove elbow (18) and fitting (19) from pump.
(8) Install fitting (19) and elbow (18) on pump (11).
(9) Install pump (11) in place and install return hose (17) on elbow (18) and tighten screw (15) on clamp (16).
(10) Install four bolts (14), washers (13), and nuts (12).
(11) Install collar (10) and fitting (9) on pump (11 ).
(12) Install supply hose (8) on fitting (9) and tighten screw (6) on clamp (7).
(13) Connect electrical leads (14) to junction box (5).
(14) Install cover (2) and secure with 14 screws (1).
6-64
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-30. Pump Assembly, Replace.
6-65
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-16. Pump Assembly (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 6-31)
(1) Remove pump assembly (para. a. above).
(2) Remove seven screws (1) and washer (2) that secures cover (3), pump housing (4), and remove cover.
(3) Remove preformed packing (5) ceramic thrust washer (6) from housing (4).
(4) Remove impeller-magnet assembly (7) from housing (4) and remove spindle (8).
(5) Remove drive magnet assembly (9) from motor bracket (10).
(6) Remove four nuts (11) and lockwashers (12), and remove motor bracket (10) from motor (13).
(7) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(8) Inspect all components and replace any components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(9) Install motor bracket (10) on motor (13) and secure with four lockwashers (12) and nuts (11).
(10) Install drive magnet assembly (9) in motor bracket (10).
(11) Install spindle (8) into impeller-magnet assembly (7) and install into housing (4).
(12) Install ceramic thrust washer (6) and preformed packing (5) into housing (4).
(13) Install housing (4) and secure with seven screws (1) and washers (2).
(14) Install pump assembly (para. a. above).
6-66
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-31. Pump Assembly, Repair.
6-67
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-17. High Temperature Control Unit.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
High Temperature Control Unit
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Water, Distilled (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
a. Replace. (figure 6-32)
(1) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove packing nut assembly (3) from reservoir (4).
(3) Loosen captive screw (5) from cover (6).
(4) Tag and disconnect two wires (7) from control unit (8).
(5) Remove cable connector (9) and remove two wire (7).
(6) Remove two screws (10) and remove control unit (8).
(7) Install control unit (8) and secure with two screws (10).
(8) Install two wires (7) through cable connector (9) and install connector on control unit (8).
(9) Connect two wires (7) to control unit (8).
(10) Set high temperature to 130°F (54°C) by adjusting control knob (11).
(11) Install cover (6) and tighten captive screw (5).
(12) Install packing nut assembly (3) on reservoir (4).
(13) Install cover (2) secure with 14 screws (1).
6-68
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-32. High Temperature Control Unit, Replace.
6-69
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-17. High Temperature Control Unit (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 6-33)
(1) Remove high temperature control unit (para. a. above).
(2) Remove packing nut assembly (1) from bulb well (2).
(3) Loosen two captive screws (3) and remove cover (4).
(4) Remove screw (5) and clamp (6) and remove bulb well (2) from control unit (7).
(5) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(6) Inspect bulb well (2) and replace if cracked, nicks or otherwise damaged.
(7) Inspect packing nut assembly (1) and replace if threads are stripped, cracked or otherwise damaged.
(8) Install bulb well (2) and secure with clamp (6) and screws (5).
(9) Install cover (4) and tighten two captive screws (3).
(10) Install packing nut assembly (1) on bulb well (2).
(11) Install high temperature control unit (para. a. above).
6-70
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-33. High Temperature Control Unit, Repair.
6-71
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-18. Low Temperature Control Unit.
This task covers:
a. Replace
b. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Low Temperature Control Unit
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Water, Distilled (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
a. Replace. (figure 6-34)
(1) Remove 14 screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove packing nut assembly (3) from reservoir (4)
(3) Loosen captive screw (5) from cover (6).
(4) Tag and disconnect two wires (7) from control unit (8).
(5) Remove cable connector (9) and remove two wire (7).
(6) Remove two screws (10) and remove control unit (8).
(7) Install control unit (8) and secure with two screws (10).
(8) Install two wires (7) through cable connector (9) and install connector on control unit (8).
(9) Connect two wires (7) to control unit (8).
(10) Set low temperature to 32°F (0°C) by adjusting control knob (11).
(11) Install cover (6) and tighten captive screw (5).
(12) Install packing nut assembly (3) on reservoir (4).
(13) Install cover (2) secure with 14 screws (1).
6-72
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-34. Low Temperature Control Unit, Replace.
6-73
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-18. Low Temperature Control Unit (Cont).
b. Repair. (figure 6-35)
(1) Remove high temperature control unit (para. a. above).
(2) Remove packing nut assembly (1) from bulb well (2).
(3) Loosen two captive screws (3) and remove cover (4).
(4) Remove screw (5) and clamp (6) and remove bulb well (2) from control unit (7).
(5) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(6) Inspect bulb well (2) and replace if cracked, nicks or otherwise damaged.
(7) Inspect packing nut assembly (1) and replace if threads are stripped, cracked or otherwise damaged.
(8) Install bulb well (2) and secure with clamp (6) and screws (5).
(9) Install cover (4) and tighten two captive screws (3).
(10) Install pack nut assembly (1) on bulb well (2).
(11) Install high temperature control unit (para. a. above).
6-74
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-35. Low Temperature Control Unit, Repair.
6-75
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-19. Motor (CO 2 Scrubber Assembly).
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Scrubber Assembly Motor
Cloth, Lint-Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Scrubber assembly motor removed (para. 5-15).
Repair. (figure 6-36)
(1) Remove eight screws (1), connector stop (2) ,and remove end plate (3) and preformed packing (4)
(2) Remove three screws (5), circuit motor control board assembly (6), and spacer (7) from end plate (3).
(3) Remove roller bearing (8), six washers (9) from end plate (3).
(4) Remove nut (10) and male connector (11) from end plate (3).
(5) Tag and disconnect electrical bands (12) from motor assembly stator (13) and remove stator.
(6) Remove retaining ring (14) and (15), and remove bearing sleeve (16) and roller bearing (17).
(7) Remove preformed packing (18) and (19), setscrew (20) and magnetic disc switch (21) from shaft (22) and
remove shaft.
(8) Remove rotor housing (23) from stator housing (24).
(9) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(10) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, burnt, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(11) Install rotor housing (23) in stator housing (24).
(12) Install shaft (22) in rotor housing (23) and install magnetic disc switch (21) and secure with setscrew (20).
(13) Install preformed packing (19) and (18).
(14) Install roller bearing (17), bearing sleeve (16) and secure with retaining rings (15) and (14).
6-76
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-36. Motor, Repair (Sheet 1 of 2).
6-77
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-19. Motor (CO 2 Scrubber Assembly) (Cont).
(15) Install motor assembly stator (13) into stator housing (24).
(16) Connect electrical leads (12) to motor control board assembly (6).
(17) Install male connector (11) in end plate (3) and secure with nut (10).
(18) Install six washers (9) and roller bearing (8) in end plate (3).
(19) Install spacer (7), motor control board assembly (6) on end plate (3), and secure with three screws (5).
(20) Install preformed packing (4), end plate (3) and secure with connector stop (2) and eight screws (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install scrubber assembly motor (para. 5-15).
6-78
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-36. Motor, Repair (Sheet 2 of 2).
6-79
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-20. Portable Oxygen Analyzer.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Solder Gun
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Portable Oxygen Analyzer
Solder, Rosin Core (Item 20, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (item 6, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Portable oxygen analyzer removed (para. 4-34).
Portable oxygen analyzer battery removed (para. 5-16).
Repair. (figure 6-37)
(1) Remove two screws (1) and separate front cover (2) from housing (3).
(2) Tag and unsolder electrical leads (4) from electrical components on front cover (2) and remove probe leads
(5).
(3) Remove four screws (6) and remove battery holder assembly (7) and stand off bumpers (8).
NOTE
When removing electrical leads to remove a component, refer to schematic (figure 6-38). Tag and remove
leads only as required.
(4) Remove four nuts (9) and remove P.C. board (10).
(5) Remove two nuts (11) and remove transformer (12).
(6) Remove power inlet assembly (13).
(7) Remove range knob (14) and nut (15) and remove switch (16).
(8) Remove span knob (17) and nut (18) and remove potentiometer (19).
(9) Remove four nuts (20) and lockwashers (21) and remove meter (22) from cover (2).
(10) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(11) Inspect all components and replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
6-80
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-37. Portable Oxygen Analyzer, Repair (Sheet 1 of 2).
6-81
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-20. Portable Oxygen Analyzer (Cont).
NOTE
Refer to schematic (figure 6-38) to replace electrical leads when replacing a component.
(12) Install meter (22) on cover (2) and secure with four lockwashers (21) and nuts (20).
(13) Install potentiometer (19) and secure with nut (18) and span knob (17).
(14) Install switch (16) and secure with nut (15) and range knob (14).
(15) Install power inlet assembly (13).
(16) Install transformer (12) and secure with two nuts (11).
(17) Install P.C. board (10) and secure with four nuts (9).
(18) Install four stand off bumpers (8), battery holder assembly (7) and secure with four screws (6).
(19) Install probe electrical wire (5) through housing (3) and connect electrical leads (4) to cover (2).
(20) Install cover (2) on housing (3) and secure with two screws (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1) Install oxygen analyzer battery (para. 5-16).
(2) Install portable oxygen analyzer (para. 4-34).
6-82
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-37. Portable Oxygen Analyzer, Repair (Sheet 2 of 2).
6-83/(6-84 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-38. Portable Oxygen Analyzer, Schematic.
6-85
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-21. Pressure Regulator.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cons)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Valve Kit, Standard
Valve Kit, Soft Goods
Pressure Regulator
Detergent, Nonionic (Items, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Pressure regulator removed (para. 5-31).
Repair. (figure 6-39)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
(1)
Remove hole plug (1), retaining ring (2), and name plate (3) and remove handknob (4).
(2)
Remove screw (5), bonnet (6), three thrust washers (7).
(3)
Remove screw (8), spring (9), and rod vent valve (10) from adjusting screw (11).
(4)
Remove adjusting screw (11), spring cap assembly (12), washer (25), and load spring (13).
(5)
Remove seat retainer (14), vent valve seat (15), vent valve (16), spring (17), and nut (18).
(6)
Remove preformed packing (19), back-up sensor (20), preformed packing (21), sensor (22), preformed packing
(23), and button (24).
(7)
Remove connector (26), roll pin (27), venturi tube (28), and plate (29).
(8)
Remove orifice (30), preformed packing (31) from regulator body (32).
(9)
Remove valve cap (33), valve seat (34) from valve (35).
(10)
Remove valve (35), valve spring (36), washer (37), and ring retainer (38).
6-86
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-39. Pressure Regulator, Repair.
6-87/(6-88 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(11) Remove retaining plate (39), preformed packing (40), back-up ring (41), preformed packing (42) and valve cap
(43).
(12) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(13) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(14) Install valve cap (43), preformed packing (42), back-up ring (41), preformed packing (40), and retaining plate
(39).
(15) Install ring retainer (38), washer (37), valve spring (36), and valve (35).
(16) Install valve (35), valve seat (34), and valve cap (33).
(17) Install preformed packing (31) and orifice (30) in regulator body (32).
(18) Install plate (29), venturi tube (28), roll pin (27), and connector (26).
(19) Install button (24), preformed packing (23), sensor (22), preformed packing (21), preformed packing (19), and
back-up sensor (20).
(20) Install nut (18), spring (17), vent valve (16), vent valve seat (15) and seat retainer (14).
(21) Install load spring (13), spring cap assembly (12), washer (25), and adjusting screw (11).
(22) Install rod bent valve (10), spring (9), screw (8) into adjusting screw (11).
(23) Install three thrust washers (7) in bonnet (6) and screw (5).
(24) Install handknob (4), name plate (3), retaining ring (2) and hole plug (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install pressure regulator (para. 5-31).
6-89
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-22. Back Pressure Regulators.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Wrench, Torque (NSN 5120-00-227-2540)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Detergent, Nonionic (Item8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Valve Kit, Standard
Valve Kit, Soft Goods
Grease, Halocarbon (Item 13, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Back pressure regulator removed (para. 5-32).
Repair. (figure 6-40)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
NOTE
There are two back pressure regulators. Replacement of each regulator is the same.
(1) Remove four screws (1) and remove cover (2).
(2) Remove six screws (3) securing dome (4) to regulator body (5), and remove dome (4).
(3) Remove center seal diaphragm (6), preformed packing (7), back-up diaphragm (8), diaphragm (9), spring (10),
valve stem cap (11), washer (12), shaft force (13), preformed packing (14), valve stem (15), back-up diaphragm
(16) from the center nut diaphragm (17).
(4) Remove center nut diaphragm (17) from regulator body (5).
(5) Remove preformed packing (18), balance piston (19), seat retainer (20), and valve seat (21) from
regulator body (5).
(6) Remove six screws (22) that secures balance dome (23) to regulator body (5) and remove balance dome.
6-90
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-40. Back Pressure Regulators, Repair.
6-91/(6-92 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(7) Remove button spring (24), spring (25), button spring (26), ring retainer (27), ring retainer (28), washer (29),
preformed packing (30), ring backup (31) from balance dome (23).
(8) Remove preformed packing (32) from balance dome (23).
(9) Remove bolt (33) and nut (34) from balance dome (23).
(10) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(11) Inspect all items and replace all items that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(12) Install bolt (33) and nut (34) into balance dome (23).
(13) Lubricate all preformed packings.
(14) Install preformed packing (32) into balance dome (23).
(15) Install ring backup (31), preformed packing (30), washer (29), ring retainer (28), ring retainer (27), button spring
(26), spring (25), and button spring (24) into balance dome (23).
(16) Install balance dome (23) on regulator body (5) and secure with six bolts (22).
(17) Install valve seat (21), seat retainer (20), balance piston (19), and preformed packing (18) into regulator body (5).
Torque seat retainer to 95-100 in. lbs.
(18) Install center nut diaphragm (17) into regulator body (5).
(19) Install backup diaphragm (16), valve stem (15), preformed packing (14), shaft force (13), washer (12), valve
stem cap (11), spring (10), diaphragm (9), backup diaphragm (8), preformed packing (7) and center seal
diaphragm (6) into center nut diaphragm (17). Torque valve stem cap to 45-50 in. lbs. Torque center seal
diaphragm to 80-85 in. lbs.
(20) Install dome (4) onto regulator body (5) and secure with six screws (3). Torque screws to 170-180 in lbs.
(21) Install cover (2) and secure with four screws (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install back pressure regulator (para. 5-32)
6-93
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-23. Oxygen Shutoff Valve.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Shutoff Valve
Valve Kit
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Equipment Condition
Leak Test Compound (Item 7, Appendix E)
Shutoff valve removed (para. 5-33).
Replace. (figure 6-41)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
NOTE
• Shutoff valve is partially disassembled when removed.
• Bonnet has left hand thread.
(1) Remove bonnet (1), backup ring (2), and preformed packing (3) from body (4).
(2) Hold bonnet (1) and turn valve stem (5) clockwise and remove seat (6) and preformed packing (7).
(3) Remove gland nut (8).
(4) Remove stem (5), and guide assembly (9) from bonnet (1).
(5) Remove seal retainer (10) and stem seal (11) from bonnet (1).
(6) Loosen nut (12) and remove guide assembly (9) and nut (12).
(7) Clean all components with nonionic detergent and rinse thoroughly with distilled water.
6-94
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-41. Oxygen Shutoff Valve, Repair.
6-95/(6-96 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
(8) Inspect bonnet (1) and body (4) and replace if threads are stripped, or bonnet (1) or body (4) is cracked or
otherwise damaged.
(9) Inspect valve stem (5) and replace if threads are stripped or valve stem (5) is worn or bent.
(10) Inspect seat (6) and replace if sealing surfaces are pitted, corroded or seat is worn, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
(11) Inspect acorn nut (13), lockwasher (14), and handle (15) and replace if threads are stripped, or lockwasher (14)
and handle (15) are cracked or otherwise damaged.
(12) Install new stem seal (11) and seal retainer (10) in bonnet (1).
(13) Install nut (12) and guide assembly (9) on valve stem (5) and tighten nut (12).
(14) Install valve stem (5) in bonnet (1) and secure with gland nut (8).
(15) Install seat (6) in bonnet (1). Ensure seat (6) is seated fully in bonnet (1).
(16) Install new preformed packing (7) in body (4).
(17) Install backup (2) and new preformed packing (3) on bonnet (1).
NOTE
Bonnet has left hand threads.
(18) Install bonnet (1) in body (4) and tighten securely.
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install shutoff valve (para. 5-33).
6-97
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-24. Isolator Valve.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Isolator Valve
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Chamber shut down (para. 2-15).
Isolator valve removed (para. 5-34)
Repair. (figure 6-42)
(1) Remove setscrew (1) and remove knob handle (2).
(2) Remove nut (3), upper gland (4), packing (5), and lower gland (6).
(3) Remove stem (7) from body (8).
(4) Remove panel nut (9).
(5) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(6) Inspect all components and replace and damaged parts.
(7) Install panel nut (9) on body (8).
(8) Install stem (7) in body (8).
(9) Install lower gland (6), packing (5), upper gland (4), and secure with nut (3).
(10) Install knob handle (2) and secure with setscrew (1).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
Install isolator valve (para. 5-34).
6-98
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-42. Isolator Valve, Repair.
6-99
TM 5-4220-227-14
6-25. Demand and Exhaust Regulators.
This task covers:
Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools
Materials/Parts (Cont)
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033)
Cloth, Lint Free (Item 6, Appendix E)
Bands, Rubber (Item 4, Appendix E)
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Demand and Exhaust Regulators
Detergent, Nonionic (Item 8, Appendix E)
Distilled Water (Item 9, Appendix E)
Bags, Plastic (Item 3, Appendix E)
Inhalator mask assembly removed (para. 5-37).
Dual hose assembly removed (para. 5-39).
Demand and Exhaust Regulators removed
(para. 5-38).
Repair. (figure 6-43)
WARNING
To prevent the spread of disease, serious injury and/or death, oxygen breathing systems must be
maintained hygienically clean and free from dust, dirt, and all hydrocarbon contamination. Refer to
oxygen system prework procedures para. 4-10 to avoid violating this warning.
(1) Exhaust regulator.
(a) Remove clamp (1) from case (2).
(b) Remove cover (3) from case (2) and remove diaphragm (4).
(c) Remove exhalation valve (6) and valve spring (5).
(d) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(e) Inspect all components and replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(f) Install valve spring (5) and exhalation valve (6) in case (2).
(g) Install diaphragm (4) in case (2) and install cover (3) and secure with clamp (1).
6-100
TM 5-4220-227-14
Figure 6-43. Demand and Exhaust Regulators, Repair.
(2) Demand regulator. (figure 6-43)
(a) Remove clamp (7) from case (8).
(b) Remove cover (9) from case (8) and remove diaphragm (10).
(c) Remove clamp (11), valve spring (12), and valve stem (13).
(d) Clean all components using nonionic detergent cleaner and rinse with clean distilled water.
(e) Inspect all components and replace all components that are bent, cracked, worn, or otherwise damaged.
(f) Install valve stem (13), valve spring (12), and secure with clamp (11).
(g) Install diaphragm (10) in case (8) and install cover (9) and secure with clamp (7).
FOLLOW-ON MAINTENANCE
(1) Install demand and exhaust regulator (para. 5-38).
(2) Install dual hose assembly (para. 5-39).
(3) Install inhalator mask assembly (para. 5-37).
6-101
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section III. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
Paragraph
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-31
Page
Preservation and Packaging ................................................................................
Packaging of Kits.................................................................................................
Packing ...............................................................................................................
Government Furnished Containers ......................................................................
Marking ...............................................................................................................
Materiel Condition Tags.......................................................................................
6-102
6-102
6-102
6-103
6-103
6-103
6-26. Preservation and Packaging.
a. Preservation and packaging shall fall into one of two categories; Level A or Level B. The following criteria shall
be used to determine the level:
(1) Level A shall be used for the following situations:
(a) National emergencies.
(b) All POMCUS shipments.
(c) All FMS and MAP shipments.
(d) Whenever storage is expected to exceed five years.
(2) Level B shall be used in all other instances.
b. Level A and B preservation and packaging requirements shall be obtained from Sector 16 of the AMDF. If Sector
16 lacks specific data, or if the AMDF is unavailable, the contracting officer shall be notified immediately.
c. If an item comes in its own reusable metal container, that container shall be used regardless of level.
6-27. Packaging of Kits. Kits shall be packaged in accordance with MIL-STD-794, Appendix E. If items within the kit
package are individually wrapped, each wrap shall be marked with the part number of the enclosed item.
6-28. Packing. Shipments to CONUS destinations shall be packed in accordance with ASTM-D-3951-82.
shipments shall be packed Level A or B (paragraph 6-1) as noted below:
NOTE
If an item comes in its own reusable metal container, that container shall be used regardless of level.
a. Level A shipments shall be packed in snug-fitting, wood-cleated, plywood boxes conforming to PPP-B-601
(overseas).
6-102
Other
TM 5-4220-227-14
b. Level B shipments shall be packed in snug-fitting, wood-cleated, plywood boxes conforming to PP-B-601
(domestic) or in snug-fitting fiberboard containers conforming to PPP-B-636 (weather-resistant). The type of container
used shall be determined by the weight limitation of the box specifications.
c. Specific Packing Requirement for the 3-Person Recompression Chamber.
(1) Wrap all BII, COEI and AAL items in bubble pack, and tape closed.
(2) Place these items into a box, tape box closed, and secure box to inside of chamber.
(3) Coat all hose and pipe couplings with non-hydrocarbon preservative and double bag with polyethylene.
(4) Secure chamber doors with aluminum travel bars (held with wing nuts).
(5) Cover view ports with fiber board, and tape in place.
(6) Crate chamber.
6-29. Government-Furnished Containers. If Government-furnished containers are not in a new condition, they shall
be refurbished to a degree and at a cost to be negotiated. Criteria for inspection and classification shall be in accordance
with TB 55-8100-200-24.
6-30. Marking.
a. Shipments shall be marked in accordance with MIL-STD-129.
b. Exterior shipping containers of Selected Item Management System (SIMS) material shall be marked with SIMS
Projection Code Disc labels in accordance with the MIL-STD-129. The contracting officer shall supply the labels on
request. The requestor shall specify the quantity required and the label size (3 x 3 or 9 x 9 in.) desired.
6-31. Materiel Condition Tags .
NOTE
These instructions apply to those items that required reporting (DA Form 2410) per TB 55-1500-307-24,
and to all overhauled items.
Tags attached to the exterior of a package or container must be fully protected from weather and hauling
damage.
a. A DD Form 1574, Serviceable Materiel Condition Tag shall be securely attached directly to the item. A duplicate
tag shall be securely attached to the exterior of the package or container.
b. A DD Form 1577-2, Unserviceable (Reparable) Tag shall be used in the event that an overhaul contractor is
required to return an unserviceable, reparable item to Army storage.
6-103
TM 5-4220-227-14
c. To prepare a DD Form 1574 or DD Form 1577-2, complete the appropriate blocks as follows:
(1) NSN, PART NUMBER AND ITEM DESCRIPTION-Self explanatory.
(2) SERIAL NUMBER/LOT NO. -Enter serial number if applicable.
(3) UNIT OF ISSUE-Self explanatory.
(4) QUANTITY-Self explanatory.
(5) INSPECTION ACTIVITY-Enter the name of the activity certifying the condition of the item.
(6) CONDITION CODE-Enter the condition Code A.
(7) INSPECTOR'S NAME OR STAMP AND DATE-Self explanatory.
(8) CONTRACTOR OR PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER-Self explanatory.
(9) REMARKS-The following entries are mandatory: DA FORM 2410 control number, time since new, and the time
since last overhauled. This information should be extracted for the DA Form 2410. Items not requiring a DA
Form are exempt from this requirement.
(10) NEXT INSPECTION DUE/OVERAGE DATE-Not applicable.
(11) REASON FOR REPARABLE CONDITION-(DD Form 1577-2 only): Self explanatory. Include the item number
and serial number.
6-104
TM 5-4220-227-14
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
A-1. Scope. This appendix contains all forms, lubrication orders, pamphlets and technical manuals referenced in this
manual.
A-2. Forms.
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet ......................................................................DA Form 2404
Recommended Changes to Publications .......................................................................................DA Form 2028-2
Transportation Discrepancy Report (TDR).....................................................................................SF 361
Report of Discrepancy (ROD)........................................................................................................SF 364
Quality Deficiency Report (QDR)...................................................................................................SF 368
Component Cleanliness Data Sheet ..............................................................................................Form A
Unserviceable (Repairable) Tag ....................................................................................................DD Form 1577-2
Serviceable Material Condition Tag...............................................................................................DD Form 1574
Component Removal and Repair/Overall Record..........................................................................DA Form 2410
Maintenance Request....................................................................................................................DA Form 2407
A-3. Pamphlets.
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) ...............................................................DA Pam 738-750
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms ...........................................................DA Pam 25-30
A-4. Technical Manuals.
Operator's Manual for Welding Theory and Application .................................................................TM 9-237
Preservation, Packaging, and Packing of Military Supplies and Equipment ...................................TM 38-230
Procedures for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use ..................................................TM 750-244-3
Repair Parts and Special Tools List...............................................................................................TM 5-4220-227-24P
A-5. Technical Bulletins.
Calibration Procedure for Pressure Gages used with Diving
Equipment (General).....................................................................................................................TB 9-4220-216-35
Material Condition Tags ................................................................................................................TB 55-1500-307-24
Government Furnished Containers................................................................................................TB 55-8100-200-24
Calibration of Gages .....................................................................................................................TB 43-180
Calibration of Gages .....................................................................................................................TB 750-25-1
A-6. Other Publications.
Military Diving ...............................................................................................................................FM 20-11-1
Warning and First Aid Data ...........................................................................................................FM 21-11
Calibration of Gages .....................................................................................................................AR 750-25
Calibration of Gages .....................................................................................................................DA PAM 700-20
The Army Maintenance Management System ...............................................................................DA PAM 738-750
A-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
Expendable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts,
and Heraldic Items)............................................................................................................... CTA 50-970
Inspection and Maintenance of Compressed Gas Cylinders ........................................................ MIL-STD-1411
Abbreviations for Use on Drawings, Specifications, Standards, and
in Technical Manuals ............................................................................................................ DOD-STD-12
Standard Program Management Systems Materials
Identification Guide............................................................................................................... SPMIG
Packing, Commercial .................................................................................................................. ASTM D 3951-82
Boxes, Wood, Cleated-Plywood .................................................................................................. PPP-B-601
Boxes, Shipping Fiberboard ........................................................................................................ PPP-B-636
Marking for Shipping and Storage ............................................................................................... MIL-STD-129
Packaging of Kits ........................................................................................................................ MIL-STD-794
Calibration of Pressure Gages..................................................................................................... AIG 239/11295 8208
A-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
B-1. General. This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance operations for the Recompression Chamber,
Diver's. It authorizes levels of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and
the tools and equipment required to perform each function. This appendix may be used as an aid in planning
maintenance operations.
B-2. Maintenance Functions. Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical
characteristics with established standards through examination.
b. Test. To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical
characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean
(decontaminate), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or compressed air
supplies.
d. Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating
characteristics to the specified parameters.
e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test measuring and
diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a
certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being
compared.
g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position an item, part, module (component or assembly) in a
manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system
h. Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable like type part, subassembly, or module (component or assembly)
for an unserviceable counterpart.
i. Repair. The application of maintenance services (inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, replace) or other
maintenance actions (welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining, or resurfacing) to restore
serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module
(component or assembly), end item, or system.
j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an item to a completely
serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards (i.e., DMWR) in appropriate technical
publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not
normally return an item to like new condition.
B-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new
condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance
applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours,
miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipments/components.
B-3. Column Entries
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists group numbers, the purpose of which is to identify components,
assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly.
b. Column 2. Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the noun names of components, assemblies
subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
c. Column 3. Maintenance Functions. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2.
When items are listed without maintenance functions, it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC
and RPSTL coincide.
d. Column 4. Maintenance Level. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a "work time" figure in the appropriate
subcolumn(s), the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3. This figure
represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the
number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance levels,
appropriate "work time" figures will be shown for each level. The number of task-hours specified by the "work time"
figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item or
system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time,
troubleshooting time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific
tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. Subcolumns of column 4
are as follows:
UNIT
C
O
-
Operator/Crew
Unit
INTERMEDIATE
F
H
-
Direct Support
General Support
DEPOT
D
-
Depot
e. Column 5. Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools) and
special tools, test, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.
f. Column 6. Remarks. Column 6 contains an alphabetic code which leads to the remark in section IV, Remarks,
which is pertinent to the item opposite the particular code.
B-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
B-4. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements (Sect. III and IV)
a. Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools
and equipment column of the MAC. The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance
functions.
b. Maintenance Level. The codes in this column indicate the maintenance level allocated the tool or test equipment.
c. Nomenclature. This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equipment required to
perform the maintenance functions.
d. National/NATO Stock Number. This column lists the National/NATO stock number of the specific tool or test
equipment.
e. Tool Number. This column lists the manufacturer's part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code
for manufacturers (5-digit) in parentheses.
B-5. Remarks (Sect. IV)
a. Reference Code. This code refers to the appropriate item in section II, column 6.
b. Remarks. This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in
sections II and V.
B-3
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
01
0101
0102
010201
010202
010203
Component/
Assembly
CHAMBER SHELL
Maintenance
Function
Inspect
Test
Service
Repair
C
O
DOORS OUTER
LOCK, INNER
LOCK
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
0.5
0.5
MEDICAL LOCK
ASSEMBLY
Inspect
Repair
0.2
OUTER MEDICAL
LOCK DOOR
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
0.5
0.5
Inspect
Calibrate
Replace
INNER MEDICAL
LOCK DOOR
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
0.3
0.5
Tools
Remarks
Depot
H
1.6
2.1
1
1 thru 10
1.0
1.0
1
1
1.0
1
1.5
2.0
DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE
AND GAGE
(6)
F
1.0
1.0
4.0
0.8
(5)
D
1,8
1
0.1
1.0
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
010204
PRESSURIZATION
VALVE
Replace
0.5
1
0103
COT ASSEMBLIES
Inspect
Replace
0.3
1.0
1
Inspect
Replace
0.2
0.5
1
Inspect
Replace
Repair
0.3
0104
0105
DECK PLATES
VIEW PORT
ASSEMBLY
1.5
1.5
B-4
1
1,8
A
C
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
0106
Component/
Assembly
Maintenance
Function
C
O
F
SHELL
PENETRATORS
Inspect
Replace
Repair
PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Inspect
Replace
PRESSURE RELIEF
VALVE
Replace
Repair
Calibrate
0.5
010702
BALL VALVE,.
3/4 IN
Replace
Repair
0.5
0.5
0108
SKID ASSEMBLY,
CHAMBER
Inspect
Replace
Repair
0107
010701
0109
CHAMBER CONTROL
CONSOLE (CCC)
AND ENCLOSURE
Replace
02
ENVIRONMENTAL
GROUP
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
0201
020101
02010101
HEATER/CHILLER
MODULE
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
H
(5)
(6)
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
0.5
1.0
1.0
1,8
1
0.1
0.5
1
1.0
1.0
1
1
1
1
0.5
3.0
4.5
1,8
1
B
2.3
1
1
A
C
3.8
1
1
C
C
4.0
0.3
1.0
0.7
3.5
1.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
CONDENSING,
UNIT HERMETIC
Replace
Repair
1.0
2.5
1
1
PRESSURE
CONTROL
Replace
0.5
1
B-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
02010102
Component/
Assembly
CONTROL BOX
Maintenance
Function
C
O
F
H
(5)
(6)
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
Replace
Repair
0.5
0.5
1
C
02010103
SHROUD
ASSEMBLY
Replace
1.0
1
020102
PUMP
ASSEMBLY
Replace
Repair
1.0
0.5
1
1
020103
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL HIGH
Replace
Repair
1.0
1.0
1
1
020104
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL LOW
Replace
Repair
1.0
1.0
1
1
0202
VALVES (3/4 in.)
WATER
Replace
Repair
0.3
1.0
1, 3
1, 8
0203
HOSES
Replace
0.5
1
0204
CHAMBER
CONDITIONING
UNIT (CCU-03)
Inspect
Replace
Repair
020401
MOTOR
Replace
0205
POWER
SUPPLY, 28V
Replace
0206
C02 SCRUBBER
ASSEMBLY
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
020601
MOTOR
0.3
1.5
2.0
1
1
1.5
1
1.0
1
0.2
0.5
1.0
1, 8
1
1.0
Replace
Repair
1.0
2.0
B-6
1
1
A
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
0207
020701
Component/
Assembly
PORTABLE
OXYGEN
ANALYZER
BATTERY
Maintenance
Function
Inspect
Test
Replace
Repair
C
O
F
H
0.3
3.5
(5)
(6)
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
0.1
0.2
1.0
Test
Replace
0.3
0.3
1,2
1, 2, 6
1,10
020702
PROBE
ASSEMBLY
Replace
Repair
0.3
0.3
1,10
1, 10
0208
FLOW METER
(.5-5.0 SCFH)
Replace
0.5
1
0209
THERMO COUPLER
METER AND TEMPERATURE PROBE
Replace
0.5
03
ELECTRICAU
LIGHTING
SYSTEM
Replace
Repair
0.5
GROUND FAULT
INTERRUPTER
Test
Replace
0.2
SIX PLUG
RECEPTACLE
POWER STRIP
Test
Replace
0.2
DOUBLE LIGHT
POWER SUPPLY
(INNER LOCK)
Replace
Repair
1.0
0.5
2.5
1
1
LIGHT SOURCE
Replace
Repair
0.5
0.3
1.0
1, 8
1
Replace
Repair
0.5
0.3
1.0
1
1
0301
0302
0303
0304
0305
SINGLE LIGHT
POWER SUPPLY
(OUTER LOCK)
B-7
C
F
1
8.0
1.9
1
1
A
F
0.2
1
0.5
1
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
0306
0307
04
Component/
Assembly
Maintenance
Function
FLUORESCENT
LAMP
ASSEMBLY
Replace
Repair
WIRING HARNESS
COMMUNICATIONS
C
O
F
H
(5)
(6)
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
0.5
0.2
1.0
1
Test
Replace
Repair
0.3
1.0
1.5
3.0
1
1
H
Replace
1.5
1
A
4.5
1
1,2, 6, 10
A
C
SYSTEM INTER
COM
0401
COMMUNICATOR
ASSEMBLY
(2820-4003)
Test
Replace
Repair
FRONT PANEL
CHASSIS
ASSEMBLY
Replace
Repair
1.0
1.5
1
1
040102
CIRCUIT CARD
ASSEMBLY
Replace
1.0
1
040103
BATTERY SENSE
CARD
ASSEMBLY
Replace
1.0
1
040104
BATTERY CARD
AND CASE
Replace
Repair
0.3
1.0
1.5
1
1
0402
MICROPHONE
Replace
0.1
0403
HEADSET
Replace
0.1
0404
SOUND POWERED
PHONE AND
BRACKET
Replace
0.2
1
0405
SPEAKERS
Replace
0.7
1
040101
0.1
0.5
B-8
C
H
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
05
0501
050101
050102
Component/
Assembly
Maintenance
Function
C
OXYGEN (O2)
SYSTEM
Replace
Repair
O2 "K" BOTTLES/
MANIFOLD
Inspect
Replace
Repair
0.3
Inspect
Calibrate
Replace
0.1
GAGE 0-5000 PSI
O
F
H
10.0
2.1
0.2
(5)
(6)
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
1
1
3.0
1.0
1.0
1
HOSE, O2 HIGH
PRESSURE (HP)
Inspect
Test
PRESSURE
GAGES,O2
(HP/LP)
Inspect
Calibrate
Replace
PRESSURE
REGULATOR O2
Replace
Repair
1.0
BACK PRESSURE
REGULATOR O2
Replace
Repair
1.0
VALVES,
O2 SHUTOFF
Replace
Repair
1.0
0506
VALVE,
ISOLATOR
Replace
Repair
0.3
0.5
1
1
0507
DUMP VALVE,
ASSEMBLY
Replace
Repair
0.3
0.5
1,3
1,8
0508
MANIFOLD,
BIBS, O2
Inspect
Replace
0.3
1
0502
0503
0504
0505
A
0.3
1.0
I
0.1
1.0
0.5
1
4.0
1,3
1,8
4.0
1,3
1, 8
1.5
1,3
1
0.3
B-9
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
0509
050901
Component/
Assembly
INHALATOR
MASK
ASSEMBLY, O2
Maintenance
Function
Inspect
Service
Replace
Repair
C
O
F
0.1
0.4
EXHAUST REGULATOR, O2
Replace
Repair
0.4
050903
DUALHOSE
ASSEMBLY
Replace
Repair
0.4
1.0
0510
O2 PIPING
Replace
2.0
06
AIR SYSTEM
Inspect
Replace
0.5
Inspect
Replace
Repair
0.5
AIR SUPPLY
MANIFOLD
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
1
1
0.8
Replace
Repair
0601
(6)
0.5
2.0
DEMAND
REGULATOR O2
050902
H
(5)
1.5
1
1
1.5
1
1
C
1
3.5
1
2.0
1.0
1,8
1
060101
VALVE, AIR
SUPPLY 3/4 IN.
Replace
Repair
0.3
1.0
1,3
1,8
060102
VALVE, AIR
SUPPLY 1 IN.
Replace
Repair
0.3
1.0
1,3
1,8
0602
AIR EXHAUST
MANIFOLD
Inspect
Replace
Repair
2.0
1.3
1,8
1,3
C
0.5
060201
VALVES (1 1/4 IN.)
Replace
Repair
0.3
0.1
1,3
1,8
0603
AIR PIPING
Replace
2.0
1, 10
B-10
C
C, J
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance Level
Direct General
Support Support
Unit
Group
Number
07
08
Component/
Assembly
DEPTH GAGES
CAISSON GAGES
Maintenance
Function
Inspect
Calibrate
Replace
C
O
F
H
(5)
(6)
Tools
Remarks
Depot
D
0.1
1.0
0.5
Calibrate
Replace
1
1.0
0.5
B-11
1
TM 5-4220-227-14
SECTION III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
FOR
RECOMPRESSION CHAMBER, DIVER’S
TOOL OR TEST MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT
CATEGORY
REF CODE
NOMENCLATURE
NATIONAL/
NATO
STOCK NUMBER
1
O
General Mechanic's Tool Kit
5180-00-177-7033
2
O, F
Multimeter
6625-00-999-6282
3
F
Wrench, Monkey
5120-00-264-3793
4
O, H
Flashlight, Explosion Proof
6230-00-299-3035
5
F
Scribe
5120-00-221-7063
6
F
Crimper, Electrical
5120-00-278-2923
7
O
Mirror, Inspection
5120-00-278-9926
8
O
Torque Wrench, 1/2 in. sq dr
0-150 Ib-ft
5120-00-247-2540
9
F
Soldering Gun
3439-00-542-0396
10
F
Tubing Bender Set
11
H
Recovery and Recycling Unit,
Refrigerant
B-12
4130-01-338-2707
TOOL
NUMBER
17500B
(07295)
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section IV. REMARKS
REFERENCE
CODE
REMARKS
A
Repair is limited to replace or repair of major assemblies.
B
Repair is by welding/brazing.
C
Repair is by replacement of subcomponent.
D
Every six months remove valve and test.
E
Adjust is by adjusting temperature and pressure controls.
F
Self test.
G
Replacement of lamp at unit level.
H
Repair at unit level is replacement of fuse only.
I
Hydrostatically test high pressure hoses six years from manufacturer's data and annually
thereafter until failure of hydrostatic test.
J
Hydrostatically test low pressure hoses in accordance with Military Diving Manual
FM 20-11-1.
B-13/(B-14 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
APPENDIX C
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS
Section I. INTRODUCTION
C-1. Scope.
This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the 3-Person Recompression Chamber to help you
inventory items required for safe and efficient operation.
C-2. General.
The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are divided into the following sections.
a. Section II. Components of End Item. This listing is for informational purposes only, and is not authority to
requisition replacements. The items are part of the end item, but are removed and separately packaged for
transportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or
transferred between properly accounts. Illustrations are furnished to assist you in identifying the items.
b. Section III. Basic Issue Items. These are the minimum essential items required to place the 3-Person
Recompression Chamber in operation. The illustrations will assist you with hard-to-identify items. This manual is your
authority to request/requisition replacement B11, based on TOE/MTOE authorization of the end item.
C-3. Explanation of Columns .
The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listings:
a. Column (1). Illustration Number (Illus Number). This column indicates the number of the illustration in
which the item is shown.
b. Column (2). National Stock Number. Indicates the National Stock Number assigned to the item and will be
used for requisitioning purposes.
c. Column (3). Description. Indicates the Federal item name, and, if required, a minimum description to
identify and locate the item. The last line for each item indicates the FSCM (in parentheses) followed by the pan
number.
d. Column (4).
Unit of Measure (U/M).
Indicates the measure used in performing the actual
operational/maintenance function. This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e g, ea, in.,
pr).
e. Column (5). Quantity Required (OTY RQF). Indicates the quantity of the item authorized to be used
with/on the equipment.
C-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section II COMPONENTS OF END ITEMS
C-2 Change 2
TM 5-4220-227-14
Change 2 C-3
'
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1)
Illus
Number
(2)
National Stock
Number
(3)
Description
CAGE and Part Number
(4)
Usable
On Code
U/M
(5)
Qty
Rqr
1
Box, Communications
2820-4003
EA
1
2
CO2, Scrubber DH-21
EA
1
Cylinder, Oxygen, W/KValve (200 Cu Ft, 1800
PSI, DOT No. 3AA1800
EA
6
FM 20-11-1, Military
Diving NAVSEA
0994-LPOO1-9010
EA
1
Gage, Divers, 0-250 FSW
25646 23821
EA
3
6
Ground Fault Interrupter
Woodhead 1670
EA
1
7
Heater/Chiller Module
CCM-04
EA
1
8
Heater/Chiller Unit
CCU-02
EA
1
Hose, Low Pressure, 50-Ft
EA
4
Hose, Oxygen HD, 50-Ft,
3000 PSI
EA
2
3
8120-00-151-9757
4
5
9
6685-01-212-2763
4720-00-230-6533
10
11
4220-01-173-5385
Mask, Diver's, Inhalator,
Long 53655
803139-01-03
EA
2
12
4220-01-173-5384
Mask, Diver's, Inhalator,
Med 53655 803139-01-02
EA
2
13
Mask, Diver's Inhalator,
short 53655
803139-01-01
EA
2
14
Oxygen Analyzer 320
B/RC
EA
1
C-4 Change 2
TM 5-4220-227-14
Section III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
C-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
C-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
C-7
TM 5-4220-227-14
C-8 Change 2
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1)
Illus
Number
1
(2)
National Stock
Number
(3)
Description
CAGE and Part Number
6530-01-225-2055
2
(4)
U/M
(5)
Qty
Rqr
Bedpan, (13093) 543446
ea
2
Blanket, Fire Retardant, FSP 9200
ea
3
Usable
On Code
3
6545-00-914-3490
Box, Storage, Aluminum 4 Cu Ft (81349)
MIL-C-0016775
4
5140-00-587-5558
Box, Tool (81348)
ea
1
5
6645-00-914-3460
Chest, 1.5 Cu Ft (81348)
ea
1
6
6645-00-914-3490
Chest, 30 x 18 x 1 2-inch, 4.0 Cu Ft (81348)
ea
1
7
6645-00-118-6248
Chest, 30 x 18 x 19-inch, 6.0 Cu Ft (81348)
ea
1
8
5120-00-278-2923
Crimper, Electrical (81348)
ea
1
9
Extension Cord, 110V, 100 Ft (81348)
ea
1
10
Extension Cord, 220V, 100 Ft (81348)
ea
1
11
Extinguisher, Fire (63753) 240
ea
1
12
6230-00-299-3035
Flashlight, Explosion Proof (80244) MIL-F-3747,
TY3, ST1
ea
4
13
4930-00-965-0288
Gun, Lubricating, Hard (81348)
ea
1
14
4240-00-022-2946
Hearing Protectors (81348)
ea
8
15
Jumper, 2 PC, V-Neck, SM, FSP 9509S
ea
2
16
Jumper, 2 PC, V-Neck, Med, FSP 9509M
ea
3
17
Jumper, 2 PC, V-Neck, LG, FSP 9509L
ea
3
18
Jumper, 2 PC, V-Neck, X-LG, FSP 9509XL
ea
2
Mallet, Rawhide (81348)
ea
1
Mattress, Fire Retardant, FSP 9203
ea
1
19
5120-00-293-3398
20
21
5120-00-278-9926
Mirror, Inspection (81348)
ea
1
22
6625-00-999-6282
Multimeter (81348)
ea
1
C-9
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1)
Illus
Number
(2)
National Stock
Number
(3)
Description
CAGE and Part Number
(4)
Usable
On Code
U/M
(5)
Qty
Rqr
23
Pillow, Fire Retardant, FSP 9205
ea
1
24
Pillow Case, Fire Retardant, FSP 9206
ea
2
25
Pliers, Diagonal Cutting (28536)
ea
1
26
6515-00-890-1818
Resuscitator/Aspirator, Foot Powered (81349)
ea
1
27
6515-01-061-7811
Resuscitator/Aspirator, 02 Powered, Flynn
w/o Cylinders (38186) 08-A1-DF
ea
1
Resuscitator (AMBO BAG), Hand Operated
(11076) 7-305-0111-970
ea
1
28
29
5120-00-237-3174
Screwdriver, Crosstip (81348)
ea
1
30
5120-00-227-1356
Screwdriver, Light (81348)
ea
1
31
5120-00-227-7333
Screwdriver, Heavy Duty (81348)
ea
1
32
5120-00-243-0314
Screwdriver, Normal (81348)
ea
1
33
5120-00-221-7063
Scribe (81348)
ea
1
34
6530-01-187-0104
Sea and Air Rescue Litter (64249) 402
ea
1
35
Sheet, Fire Retardant, FSP 9204
ea
2
36
Socks, Fire Retardant, FSP 9505
ea
5
37
TM 5-4220-227-14
ea
1
38
TM 5-4220-227-24P
ea
1
39
Towel, Fire Retardant, FSP 9507
ea
4
40
6645-00-126-0286
Watch, Stop (81349) 542-801
ea
4
41
5120-00-264-3795
Wrench, Adjustable, 6-inch (81348)
ea
1
42
5120-00-264-3796
Wrench, Adjustable, 12-inch (81348)
ea
1
43
5120-00-228-9505
Wrench, Combination, 7/16-inch (81348)
ea
1
44
5120-00-228-9506
Wrench, Combination, 1/2-inch (81348)
ea
1
C-10
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1)
Illus
Number
(2)
National Stock
Number
(3)
Description
CAGE and Part Number
45
5120-00-228-9507
46
U/M
(5)
Qty
Rqr
Wrench, Combination,
9/16-inch (81348)
EA
1
5120-00-228-9508
Wrench, Combination,
5/8-Inch (81348)
EA
1
47
5120-00-228-9510
Wrench, Combination,
3/4-Inch (81348)
EA
1
48
5120-00-228-9514
Wrench, Combination,
1-Inch (81348)
EA
1
49
5120-00-262-3991
Wrench, Pipe, 18-Inch
(81348)
EA
1
50
5120-00-729-6392
Wrench, Set, Hex (Allen)
(81348)
EA
1
51
5120-00-203-4806
Wrench, Open End, Air
EA
1
52
7530-00-222-3524
Book, Record, Fuled
EA
1
Change 2
(4)
Usable
On Code
C-11/(C-12 blank)
*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1997 - 554-024/60065
TM 5-4220-227-14
APPENDIX D
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTION
D-1. Scope. This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the 3-Person Recompression
Chamber.
D-2. General. This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the Recompression Chamber and that do not
have to be turned in with it. These items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.
D-3. Explanation of Listing . National stock numbers, descriptions, and quantities are provided to help you identify and
request the additional items you require to support this equipment. The items are listed in alphabetical sequence by item
name under the type document (i.e., CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA) which authorizes the item(s) to you.
Section II. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
DCW
U/M
4240-00-022-2946
Protector, Aural
6515-01-050-0208
16 GA I.V. Cat Heater
4
6515-01-047-9557
18 GA I.V. Cat Heater
3
6515-01-050-9958
20 GA I.V. Cat Heater
2
6515-00-913-7709
Band-Aids 3 in. x 3/4 in.
12
6510-00-754-2834
18 GA Needles
3
6515-00-754-2836
20 GA Needles
1
6515-00-754-2838
21 GA Needles
4
6515-00-299-8748
Oropharyngeal Airway Size 2 Child
1
6515-00-300-2900
Oropharyngeal Airway Size 5 Adult
1
6515-00-922-9201
O2 Connector
1
6510-00-203-5500
Adhesive Tape Surgical Sleeve, 4 ea 1/2 in., 3 ea 1 in.,
2 ea 2 in., 1 ea 4 in.
1
D-1
Pr
Qty
Auth
1
TM 5-4220-227-14
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
U/M
Qty
Auth
6510-00-890-1369
Tape, Paper 1/2 in.
4
6510-00-890-1370
Tape, Paper 1/2 in.
1
6515-01-152-5661
Nasopharyngeal Airway 34 FR
2
6515-01-244-5749
Nasopharyngeal Airway 32 FR
2
6515-00-364-4800
Iris Scissors
1
6515-00-334-6800
Forleps, Kelly, Straight
1
6515-00-344-7800
Knife, Handle No. 3
1
6515-00-926-8955
Penrose Drain
1
6515-00-935-4041
Suture Silk, 4-0
1
575040 (IVAC
Cutter, Maxi-Drip 20 Drops per ML
1
6515-00-118-1341
Cutter, Mini-Drip 60 Drops per ML
1
6515-00-324-5500
Depressor, Tongue, Wood
15
6515-01-062-0904
Afrin
1
6515-01-010-0307
Betadine Swabs
7
6510-00-058-4421
2 x 2's Sterile Gauze
13
6510-00-148-9770
4 x 4's Sterile Gauze
2
6530-00-772-5935
Scrub Brush
1
6515-00-754-0406
Syringe 6 CC
1
6515-00-754-0412
Syringe 12 CC
1
6515-00-724-4606
Syringe 20 CC
1
6515-00-935-4065
Salem Sump Tube 18 FR
2
6515-00-660-0010
Knife Blade No. 11
1
6515-00-660-0008
Knife Blade No. 15
1
)
D-2
TM 5-4220-227-14
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
U/M
Qty
Auth
6505-01-182-8013
Normal Saline 1000 CC
1
6505-00-083-6537
Lactated Ringers 1000 CC D5W
1
6515-00-926-9150
Heilich Valve
1
6515-00-935-5821
Ace Wrap Bandage Elastic 3 in.
2
6510-00-935-5822
Ace Wrap Bandage Elastic 4 in.
2
6510-00-935-5823
Ace Wrap Bandage Elastic 6 in.
2
6515-01-035-7962
Stopcock, 3-Way
2
6515-00-782-6516
Extension Tubing, I.V.
2
6515-00-334-3800
Hemastats, Curved Kelly
2
6515-01-149-8840
Gloves, Surgical Size 7
2
6515-01-149-8841
Gloves, Surgical Size 7 1/2
2
6515-01-149-8842
Gloves, Surgical Size 8
2
6515-01-149-8843
Gloves, Surgical Size 8 1/2
2
6510-00-201-1755
Triangular Bandage
4
6510-00-786-3736
Alcohol Pads
1
6510-00-203-6010
Moleskin
1
6515-00-926-2089
Razor Surg. Prep
1
6505-00-104-8061
Domeborro
2
6505-01-328-1895
Verapamil
1
6515-01-254-7625
Defibrelator and Monitor
1
6510-01-112-6414
Gauze, Petrolatum
4
6505-00-785-4357
Ointment, Lidocaine
6515-00-374-2220
Steth Bell Dia Combo
Ea
D-3
1
TM 5-4220-227-14
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
U/M
Qty
Auth
6515-00-458-8416
Cath/Con Suct Endo PI Disp 18 Fr
Ea
2
6515-00-616-5052
Laryngoscope Infant, Child, Adult Macintosh
Ea
1
6515-00-823-7846
Suture Absorb Sz 000
Pg
3
6515-00-864-8864
Stopcock Intra Disp
Ea
6
6515-00-865-2687
Suture Silk Non-Abs Sz 000
Pg
3
6515-00-967-6984
Suture Silk Sz 4-0
Pg
3
6515-01-003-2368
Needle Multi 20ga 1 1/2 In.
Ea
10
6515-01-008-5209
Cath - Needle Unit 14ga
Ea
8
6515-01-008-7943
Resusitation Hand Operated
Ea
1
6515-01-034-0365
Cath - Needle Unit 18ga
Ea
8
6515-01-036-9034
Tube Endo 7.5mm
Ea
2
6515-01-036-9035
Tube Endo 8.5mm
Ea
2
6515-01-039-4884
Sphygmomanometer Aner
Ea
1
6515-01-050-6370
Cath Needle Unit 16ga
Ea
8
6515-01-058-5952
Airway Esop Adult
Ea
1
6515-01-121-0986
Stocking Anti Embol Ex 1g
Pg
1
6515-01-121-0987
Stocking Anti Embol Sm
Pg
1
6515-01-121-0989
Stocking Anti Embol Med
Pg
1
6515-01-121-0991
Stocking Anti Embol Lg
Pg
1
6530-00-105-8649
Bagurine Collect
Ea
2
6515-00-332-3300
Forceps Endo Tube Magill
Ea
1
6530-00-770-9220
Basin Emesis or Steel
Ea
2
6530-00-771-0225
Basin Wash Steel
Ea
2
D-4
TM 5-4220-227-14
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
U/M
Qty
Auth
6630-00-145-1137
Tube Blood Collecting Vacuum Plain 7ml
Ea
4
6630-00-145-1143
Tube Blood Collecting Vacuum Plain 15ml
Ea
4
6515-00-299-8297
Mask Oronasal Resusi - Anesthesia Lg
Ea
1
6515-00-347-2200
Mask Oronasal Resusi - Anesthesia Med
Ea
1
LSP Portable Resusitator, P/N 418057
Ea
1
Oxygen Cylinder, P/N 416315
Ea
2
Oxygen Transfiller, P/N 441169
Ea
1
Suction System, P/N 428101
Ea
1
Thermometer Disp, P/N 422040
Ea
10
6505-00-083-6537
Ringer Inj Lactate 12S
Bx
1
6505-00-083-6544
Sodium Chloride INJ12S
Bx
1
6505-00-127-2923
Dopamine Hyd Inj
Am
5
6505-00-133-4449
Epinephrine Inj 1CC 10
Bx
1
6505-00-137-5891
Diazepam Inj 2CC 10S
Bx
2
6505-00-139-4348
Phenytoin Sod Inj 10S
Bx
1
6505-00-139-4548
Calcium Chl Inj 10S
Bx
.5
6505-00-148-7177
Ciphenydr Hydroch Inj
Bx
1
6505-00-148-9814
Furosemide Inject 5S
Bx
1
6505-00-334-4478
Diazoxide Inj
Am
2
6505-00-598-6116
Lidocaine Hcl Inj, 1%, 50ML
Bt
1
6505-00-753-9615
Triprolidine Tab 100
Bt
10
6505-00-889-6653
Mannitol Inj 50ML
Am
2
6505-00-963-5355
Dexam Sod Phos Inj 5CC
Bt
5
D-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
U/M
Qty
Auth
6505-00-982-9196
Povidone 10D Oint 1 Oz
Tu
6
6505-00-985-7301
Acetaminophen Tablets, 0.325GM, 1000's
Bt
1
6505-01-014-1378
Neomycin Sulfate 10ML
Pg
6
6505-01-079-6651
Pheny Hyd Nas Sol
Pg
6
6505-01-092-0420
Sodium Bic Inj 10ML 10
Bx
.5
6505-01-094-4482
Bretylium Tosylate Inj
Am
2
6510-00-018-6184
Pad, Nonadherent, 2x3 In. 100's
Pg
1
6510-00-782-2698
Sponge, Surgical, 8 Ply, Gauze, 4x4 In., 200
Pg
5
6510-00-890-1372
Adhtape Sur lx10 12S
Pg
1
6510-00-913-7909
Band Ad 3-4x31N300S
Bx
1
6515-00-105-0744
Tube, Endoctracheal, Radio. Murphy, 7.OMM, 10S
Pg
1
6515-00-105-0815
Tube, Endoctracheal, Radio. Murphy, 10MM, 10S
Pg
1
6515-00-140-0888
Intr Inj Se W/ONEED48S
Pg
1
6515-00-165-6544
Otoscop Cpht Se Batty
Se
1
6515-00-168-6894
Split, Finger, Aluminum 12S
Pg
1
6515-00-168-6913
Syringe Lu Disp5000100
Pg
1
6515-00-299-8297
Mask, Oronasal, Resus & Anesthesia, Large
Ea
1
6515-00-299-8356
Catheter, Urethal, Ballon, 5ML Bag, 16FR
Ea
2
6515-00-299-8679
Catheter Uret R-T 14FR
Ea
2
6515-00-308-5400
Bag, Ear Inflating, Politzer, 80Z
Ea
1
6515-00-324-5500
Depressor, Tongue, Wood, 1 OOS
Bx
2
6515-00-332-3300
Forceps, Endotracheal Tube, Magill
Ea
1
6515-00-337-2400
Forceps, Splinter, Tweezers, 3-1/2 In.
Ea
2
D-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
National Stock
Number
Description
FSCM and Part Number
Usable
on Code
U/M
Qty
Auth
6515-00-337-7800
Forceps, Tissue, Adson, 4-1/2 In 1-VS-2 Teeth
Ea
1
6515-00-340-6700
Hammer, Reflex Testing, Taylor 8 In.
Ea
2
6515-00-341-9100
Holder, Suture Needle, Hegar-Mayo 6 In.
Ea
1
6515-00-343-8100
Knife Ear Bay Cur Buck
Ea
1
6515-00-343-8600
Knife, Ear, Myringotome, Straight, Sexton
Ea
1
6515-00-347-2200
Mask, Oronasal, Rub, Resus/Anesth Med Adult
Ea
1
6515-00-348-7350
Needle Aspir 13GA31-2
Bx
1
6515-00-352-9600
Nipper, Ingrown Toenail, Concave, 5-1/2 In.
Ea
1
6515-00-363-4100
Saw, Finger Ring
Ea
1
6515-00-363-4150
Blade, Finger Ring Saw
Ea
1
6515-00-363-8840
Scissors, Bandage Angular, Lister, 7-1/4 In.
D-7/(D-8 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
APPENDIX E
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTIONS
E-1. Scope. This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you need to operate and maintain the 3-Person
Recompression Chamber. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable Items (Except Medical, Class
V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items).
E-2. Explanation of Columns.
a. Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is referenced in the narrative
instructions to identify the material (e.g., "Use Oil, Item 1, App. E").
b. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. (Enter
as applicable).
C
O
F
H
D
-
Operator/Crew
Unit Maintenance
Direct Support Maintenance - Intermediate Maintenance
General Support Maintenance - Intermediate Maintenance
Depot Maintenance
c.
Column (3) - National Stock Number. This is the National stock number assigned to the item; use it to request or
requisition the item.
d.
Column (4) - Description. Indicates the Federal item name, and, if required, a description to identify the item.
The last line for each item indicates the Federal Supply Code for manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses followed by the
part numbers.
e.
Column (5) - Unit of Measure (U/MA). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance
function. This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in, pr). If the unit of measure
differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.
E-1
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1)
(2)
ITEM NO. LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(4)
DESCRIPTION
(5)
U/M
1
O
6810-00-983-8551
Alcohol, Isopropyl (81348) TT1735
qt
2
O
8415-00-281-7813
Apron, Rubber, Small (81349) MIL-A-2334
ea
O
8415-00-281-7814
Apron, Rubber, Medium (81349) MIL-A-2334
ea
O
8415-00-281-7815
Apron, Rubber, Large (81349) MIL-A-2334
ea
3
O
8105-00-837-7757
Bag, Plastic, 12 in. x 12 in. Interlocking Seal
(58536) A-A-1779
bx
4
O
7510-00-243-3434
Bands, Rubber (81349) ZZ-R-1415
bx
5
O
8030-00-205-6511
Brush, Soft Bristle
ea
6
O
7920-00-044-9281
Cloth, Lint Free (81349) MIL-C-85043
bx
7
O
6850-00-621-1819
Compound, Leak Test, O2 MIL-L-25567, Type 2
gl
8
O
7930-00-282-9699
Detergent, Nonionic, MIL-D-16791, Type I
(80244)
gl
O
7930-00-985-6911
Detergent, Nonionic, MIL-D-16791, Type I
(80244) 5-Gal Can
cn
9
O
6810-00-297-9540
Distilled Water, Technical (96906) MS36300-5
5 gal.
10
O
6810-00-394-3555
Propylene Glycol
55 gal.
O
6810-01-181-7121
Propylene Glycol
1 gal.
11
O
8415-00-266-8677
Gloves, Rubber (81349) ZZ-G-381 Size 10
pr
12
O
4240-00-764-5152
Goggles
ea
O
9150-00-754-2760
Grease, General Purpose (Halocarbon)
cn
14
O
6830-00-808-9531
Oxygen, Bulk
gl
15
O
8040-00-225-4548
Sealant, Adhesive, General
oz
16
O
6810-00-141-6078
Phosphate, Trisodium (81348) 0-S-642
lb
13
*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1993 -755 -120/60517
E-2 Change 1
TM 5-4220-227-14
(1)
(2)
ITEM NO. LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(4)
DESCRIPTION
(5)
U/M
17
0
7920-00-205-1711
Rag, Wiping, 50/G (58536) A-A-531
ea.
18
0
4240-00-240-5141
Shield, Face, MIL-S-3126 (81349)
ea
19
0
6505-01-113-0110
Sodasorb, High Performance
ea
20
0
3439-00-269-9610
Solder, Rosin Core
21
0
8030-00-889-3535
Tape, Teflon, MIL-T-27730 (81348), 1/2 In.
0
8030-00-889-3534
Tape, Teflon, MIL-T-27730 (81348), 1/4 In.
ea
Tie-Wrap
ea
Monochlorodifluoromethane, Technical:
w/cylinder 22 lb (Refrigerant-22)
BB-F-1421, type 22 (81348)
cy
22
0
23
H
6850-00-837-9927
E-3/(E-4 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
APPENDIX F
TORQUE LIMITS
F-1. General. Table F-1 provides torque limits to be observed when installing attaching hardware.
Table F-1. Torque Limits.
Thread Size
10-32
1/4-28
5/16-24
3/8-24
7/16-20
1/2-20
9/16-18
Self-Locking Nut Breakaway Torque Valves
Minimum Breakaway
Torque (In.-Lbs)
Thread Size
2.0
5/8-18
3.5
3/4-16
6.5
7/8-14
9.5
1-12 .
14.0
1-1/8-12
18.0
1-1/4-12
42.0
Minimum Breakaway
Torque (In.-Lbs)
32.0
50.0
70.0
90.0
117.0
143.0
NOTE
To determine breakaway torque, thread nut onto screw or bolt until at least two threads stick out. Nut shall
not make contact with a mating part. Stop the nut. Torque necessary to begin turning nut again is the
breakaway torque. Do not reuse self-locking nuts that do not meet minimum breakaway torque.
F-1/(F-2 blank)
TM 5-4220-227-14
INDEX
Subject
Paragraph
A
Air Exhaust Manifold .............................................................................................................................
Air Supplies and Exhaust .....................................................................................................................
Air Supply Manifold ..............................................................................................................................
ASME Certification ...............................................................................................................................
5-44
4-8
5-41
1-12
B
Back Pressure Regulators .....................................................................................................................
Ball Valve 3/4-Inch (Pressure Relief Valve Assembly) ..........................................................................
Ball Valves 1 1/4 Inch (Air Exhaust Manifold) .......................................................................................
Ball Valves 1 Inch (Air Supply Manifold) ...............................................................................................
Ball Valves 3/4 Inch (Air Supply Manifold) ............................................................................................
Battery Card and Case .........................................................................................................................
Battery Sense Card Assembly ..............................................................................................................
5-32, 6-22
5-10
5-45
5-43
5-42
4-44, 5-27
5-26
C
Caisson Gages .....................................................................................................................................
Calibration of Gages and Valves ..........................................................................................................
Chamber Control Console ....................................................................................................................
Chamber Doors (I/L and O/L) ...............................................................................................................
Chamber Instrument Panel and Hood Assembly ..................................................................................
Circuit Card ..........................................................................................................................................
Clean Area ...........................................................................................................................................
Cleaning Component Soft Goods .........................................................................................................
Cleaning Method- Non-Ionic Detergent .................................................................................................
Cleaning Method - Trisodium Phosphate (TSP) ....................................................................................
Column Entries ....................................................................................................................................
Common Tools and Equipment ............................................................................................................
Communicator Assembly .....................................................................................................................
Condensing Unit Hermetic ....................................................................................................................
Control Box Assembly ..........................................................................................................................
Cot Assemblies (I/L) .............................................................................................................................
5-47
6-6
2-3
4-11
5-12
5-25
4-53
4-58
4-56
4-57
B-3
4-1, 5-1
4-43
6-12
6-14
4-26
D
Decals and Instruction Plates ...............................................................................................................
Deck Plates ..........................................................................................................................................
Demand and Exhaust Regulators .........................................................................................................
Depressurization Valve and Gage (Medical Lock) ................................................................................
Depth Gages ........................................................................................................................................
Destruction of Army Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use ............................................................................
Determining System Cleanliness ..........................................................................................................
Index 1
2-12
4-27
6-25
4-24
5-46
1-3
4-52
TM 5-4220-227-14
INDEX (Cont)
Subject
Paragraph
D (Cont)
Direct Support Troubleshooting Procedures .........................................................................................
Documentation and Record Keeping ....................................................................................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) ...............................................................................................
Double Light Power Supply (Inner Lock) ...............................................................................................
Dual Hose Assembly ............................................................................................................................
Dump Valves .......................................................................................................................................
5-5
4-60
4-38
5-19
5-39
5-35
E
Electrical Connections ..........................................................................................................................
Electrical Control Panel ........................................................................................................................
Emergency Procedures ........................................................................................................................
Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities and Features ..........................................................................
Equipment Data ...................................................................................................................................
Equipment is Not Ready/Available If Column .......................................................................................
Explanation of Columns .......................................................................................................................
Explanation of Listing ...........................................................................................................................
4-16
2-2
2-19
1-7
1-9
2-9
2-7, C-3, E-2
D-3
F
Flow Meter ...........................................................................................................................................
Fluorescent Light Assembly .................................................................................................................
Fluorescent Light ..................................................................................................................................
Forms ..................................................................................................................................................
Front Panel Chassis Assembly .............................................................................................................
5-18
4-41
5-22
A-2
5-24
G
Gage (02 "K" Bottles/Manifold) .............................................................................................................
Gages, Valves and Switches ................................................................................................................
Government-Furnished Containers .......................................................................................................
Ground Fault Interrupter .......................................................................................................................
5-29
2-4
6-29
4-36
H
Handling ...............................................................................................................................................
Headset ...............................................................................................................................................
Heater/Chiller Module ..........................................................................................................................
Heater/Chiller Unit (CCU-03) ................................................................................................................
Heater/Chiller Unit Motor ......................................................................................................................
High Temperature Control Unit .............................................................................................................
Hoses ...................................................................................................................................................
Hydrocarbon Inspection and Analysis ...................................................................................................
Index 2
4-5
4-46
4-28, 6-11
5-13
5-14
6-17
4-31
4-59
TM 5-4220-227-14
INDEX (Cont)
Subject
Paragraph
I
Inhalator Mask Assembly .....................................................................................................................
Inhalator Mask Demand/Exhaust Regulators ........................................................................................
Inner/Outer Lock Door Assembly ..........................................................................................................
Internal Hardware .................................................................................................................................
Isolator Valves .....................................................................................................................................
5-37
5-38
6-4
4-15
5-34, 6-24
J, K
L
Light Source .........................................................................................................................................
List of Abbreviations .............................................................................................................................
Location and Description of Major Components ....................................................................................
Location of Chamber ............................................................................................................................
Low Pressure Control ............................................................................................................................
Low Temperature Control Unit...............................................................................................................
Lubrication Instructions .........................................................................................................................
Lubrication Order (LO) .........................................................................................................................
4-39, 5-20
1-6
1-8
4-7
6-13
6-18
3-3
3-2
M
Maintenance Forms, Records and Reports ...........................................................................................
Maintenance Functions ........................................................................................................................
Marking ................................................................................................................................................
Materiel Condition Tags .......................................................................................................................
Medical Lock (M/L) Inner Door Assembly .............................................................................................
Medical Lock (M/L) Outer Door Assembly ............................................................................................
Medical Lock Assembly ........................................................................................................................
Microphone ..........................................................................................................................................
Modified Shutdown Procedures ............................................................................................................
Modified Startup Procedures ................................................................................................................
Motor (C02 Scrubber Assembly) ...........................................................................................................
1-2
B-2
6-30
6-31
5-8
5-7
6-5
4-45
2-17
2-16
6-19
N
Normal Operating Procedures .............................................................................................................. 2-14
O
02 "K" Bottles/Manifold .........................................................................................................................
02 and Air Piping ..................................................................................................................................
02 K Bottles and Manifold ....................................................................................................................
Other Publications ................................................................................................................................
Index 3
5-28
5-40
4-49
A-6
TM 5-4220-227-14
INDEX (Cont)
Subject
Paragraph
O (Cont)
Oxygen BIBS Manifold .........................................................................................................................
Oxygen Breathing Masks .....................................................................................................................
Oxygen Inhalator Mask Assembly ........................................................................................................
Oxygen Pressure Gages ......................................................................................................................
Oxygen Shutoff Valve ..........................................................................................................................
Oxygen Supply .....................................................................................................................................
Oxygen System Prework Checks .........................................................................................................
5-36
4-14
4-50
5-30
6-23
4-9
4-10
P
Packaging of Kits .................................................................................................................................
Packing ................................................................................................................................................
Pamphlets ............................................................................................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer (POA) .........................................................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Battery ........................................................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer Probe Assembly .........................................................................................
Portable Oxygen Analyzer ....................................................................................................................
Power Supply, 28V ...............................................................................................................................
Pre-Cleaning of Components or Piping ................................................................................................
Preparation for Storage or Shipment ....................................................................................................
Preservation and Packaging .................................................................................................................
Pressure Regulator ..............................................................................................................................
Pressure Regulator ..............................................................................................................................
Pressure Relief Valve Assembly ..........................................................................................................
Pressure Relief Valve ...........................................................................................................................
Pressurization Valve (Inner Lock Door) ................................................................................................
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Procedures ..................................................................
Primary Communications Systems .......................................................................................................
Pump Assembly . ..................................................................................................................................
Purpose of PMCS Table........................................................................................................................
6-27
6-28
A-3
4-34
5-16
5-17
6-20
4-32
4-55
1-4
6-26
5-31
6-21
4-29
5-9, 6-9
4-25
4-18
4-12
6-16
2-6
Q
R
Remarks (Sect. IV) ..............................................................................................................................
Removal of Crating ..............................................................................................................................
Removing and Installing System Components or Piping .......................................................................
Repair Parts .........................................................................................................................................
Reporting Deficiencies .........................................................................................................................
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR's) ............................................................
Index 4
B-5
4-6
4-54
4-3, 5-3, 6-2
2-8
1-5
TM 5-4220-227-14
INDEX (Cont)
Subject
Paragraph
S
Safety, Care, and Handling ..................................................................................................................
Scrubber Assembly Motor ....................................................................................................................
Scrubber Assembly ..............................................................................................................................
Scrubber Service .................................................................................................................................
Secondary Communication System ......................................................................................................
Service of Door Seals ..........................................................................................................................
Shell Penetrators ..................................................................................................................................
Shroud Assembly .................................................................................................................................
Shutdown Procedures ..........................................................................................................................
Shutoff Valves (Oxygen) ......................................................................................................................
Single Light Power Supply (Outer Lock) ...............................................................................................
Six Plug Receptacle Power Strip ..........................................................................................................
Skid Assembly, Chamber .....................................................................................................................
Skid .....................................................................................................................................................
Soap Test ............................................................................................................................................
Sound Powered Phones and Bracket ...................................................................................................
Speakers, I/L and O/L ..........................................................................................................................
Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment .....................................................................................
Startup Procedures ..............................................................................................................................
1-10
5-15
4-33
2-10
4-13
4-19
6-8
6-15
2-15
5-33
4-40, 5-21
4-37
5-11
6-10
4-23
4-47
4-48
4-2, 5-2, 6-1
2-13
T
Technical Bulletins ...............................................................................................................................
Technical Manuals ...............................................................................................................................
Technical Principles of Operation .........................................................................................................
Thermocoupler Meter and Temperature Probe .....................................................................................
Tool and Test Equipment Requirements (Sec. III and IV) ....................................................................
A-5
A-4
1-11
4-35
B-4
U
Unit Troubleshooting Procedures ......................................................................................................... 4-21
V
View Port Assembly ............................................................................................................................. 6-7
W
Water Valves (3/4 in.) .......................................................................................................................... 4-30
Wiring Harness .................................................................................................................................... 4-42, 5-23
X, Y, Z
Index 5/(Index 6 blank)
The Metric System and Equivalents
Linear Measure
Liquid Measure
1 centiliter = 10 milliters = .34 fl. ounce
1 deciliter = 10 centiliters = 3.38 fl. ounces
1 liter = 10 deciliters = 33.81 fl. ounces
1 dekaliter = 10 liters = 2.64 gallons
1 hectoliter = 10 dekaliters = 26.42 gallons
1 kiloliter = 10 hectoliters = 264.18 gallons
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters = .39 inch
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters = 3.94 inches
1 meter = 10 decimeters = 39.37 inches
1 dekameter = 10 meters = 32.8 feet
1 hectometer = 10 dekameters = 328.08 feet
1 kilometer = 10 hectometers = 3,280.8 feet
Square Measure
Weights
1 sq. centimeter = 100 sq. millimeters = .155 sq. inch
1 sq. decimeter = 100 sq. centimeters = 15.5 sq. inches
1 sq. meter (centare) = 100 sq. decimeters = 10.76 sq. feet
1 sq. dekameter (are) = 100 sq. meters = 1,076.4 sq. feet
1 sq. hectometer (hectare) = 100 sq. dekameters = 2.47 acres
1 sq. kilometer = 100 sq. hectometers = .386 sq. mile
1 centigram = 10 milligrams = .15 grain
1 decigram = 10 centigrams = 1.54 grains
1 gram = 10 decigram = .035 ounce
1 decagram = 10 grams = .35 ounce
1 hectogram = 10 decagrams = 3.52 ounces
1 kilogram = 10 hectograms = 2.2 pounds
1 quintal = 100 kilograms = 220.46 pounds
1 metric ton = 10 quintals = 1.1 short tons
Cubic Measure
1 cu. centimeter = 1000 cu. millimeters = .06 cu. inch
1 cu. decimeter = 1000 cu. centimeters = 61.02 cu. inches
1 cu. meter = 1000 cu. decimeters = 35.31 cu. feet
Approximate Conversion Factors
To change
To
inches
feet
yards
miles
square inches
square feet
square yards
square miles
acres
cubic feet
cubic yards
fluid ounces
pints
quarts
gallons
ounces
pounds
short tons
pound-feet
pound-inches
centimeters
meters
meters
kilometers
square centimeters
square meters
square meters
square kilometers
square hectometers
cubic meters
cubic meters
milliliters
liters
liters
liters
grams
kilograms
metric tons
Newton-meters
Newton-meters
Multiply by
To change
2.540
.305
.914
1.609
6.451
.093
.836
2.590
.405
.028
.765
29,573
.473
.946
3.785
28.349
.454
.907
1.356
.11296
ounce-inches
centimeters
meters
meters
kilometers
square centimeters
square meters
square meters
square kilometers
square hectometers
cubic meters
cubic meters
milliliters
liters
liters
liters
grams
kilograms
metric tons
To
Newton-meters
inches
feet
yards
miles
square inches
square feet
square yards
square miles
acres
cubic feet
cubic yards
fluid ounces
pints
quarts
gallons
ounces
pounds
short tons
Temperature (Exact)
°F
Fahrenheit
temperature
5/9 (after
subtracting 32)
Celsius
temperature
°C
Multiply by
.007062
.394
3.280
1.094
.621
.155
10.764
1.196
.386
2.471
35.315
1.308
.034
2.113
1.057
.264
.035
2.205
1.102
PIN: 070862-002
This fine document...
Was brought to you by me:
Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals
Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly
available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it.
Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that
sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it...
They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not
letting you give those free manuals to your friends?
I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US
Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share,
republish, sell and so on.
I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please
provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in
search engines:
<A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A>
– Sincerely
Igor Chudov
http://igor.chudov.com/
– Chicago Machinery Movers
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising